<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE TS>
<TS version="2.0" language="zh_CN">
<context>
    <name>ACLEditor</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="ACLEditor.cpp" line="+105"/>
        <source>Deny</source>
        <translation>拒绝</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Allow</source>
        <translation>允许</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+21"/>
        <source>Allow %1</source>
        <translation>允许 %1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-8"/>
        <source>Deny %1</source>
        <translation>拒绝 %1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-62"/>
        <source>Mumble - Add channel</source>
        <translation>Mumble—添加频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+22"/>
        <location line="+165"/>
        <source>Failed: Invalid channel</source>
        <translation>失败：无效的频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-153"/>
        <source>Mumble - Edit %1</source>
        <translation>Mumble—编辑 %1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+37"/>
        <source>This grants the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.&lt;br /&gt;%2</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">允许 %1 权限，如果一个权限同时被允许和拒绝，他将被拒绝。&lt;br /&gt;%2</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+123"/>
        <source>Channel must have a name</source>
        <translation>必须给频道命名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-131"/>
        <source>This revokes the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.&lt;br /&gt;%2</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">取消 %1 权限。如果一个权限被同时允许和拒绝， 他将被拒绝。&lt;br /&gt;%2</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="ACLEditor.ui"/>
        <source>Dialog</source>
        <translation>对话框</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Name</source>
        <translation>名称</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enter the channel name here.</source>
        <translation>在这里输入频道名。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Description</source>
        <translation>描述</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Password</source>
        <translation>密码</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enter the channel password here.</source>
        <translation>在这里输入频道密码。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Check to create a temporary channel.</source>
        <translation>勾选此项以创建一个临时频道。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Temporary</source>
        <translation>临时频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Channel positioning facility value</source>
        <translation>频道位置的值</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Position&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
This value enables you to change the way Mumble arranges the channels in the tree. A channel with a higher &lt;i&gt;Position&lt;/i&gt; value will always be placed below one with a lower value and the other way around. If the &lt;i&gt;Position&lt;/i&gt; value of two channels is equal they will get sorted alphabetically by their name.</source>
        <oldsource>&lt;b&gt;Position&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tree. A channel with a higher &lt;i&gt;Position&lt;/i&gt; value will always be placed below one with a lower value and the other way around. If the &lt;i&gt;Position&lt;/i&gt; value of two channels is equal they will get sorted alphabetically by their name.</oldsource>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;位置&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
这个值允许你在频道树形列表中改变频道的位置。一个拥有较高&lt;i&gt;位置&lt;/i&gt; 的值的频道的位置总是被拥有较低值的频道取代。如果两个频道的 &lt;i&gt;位置&lt;/i&gt;的值相同，他们将以名称顺序排列。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Position</source>
        <translation>位置</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Groups</source>
        <translation>分组(&amp;G)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Group</source>
        <translation>分组</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>List of groups</source>
        <translation>分组列表</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Remove selected group</source>
        <translation>删除所选分组</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Remove</source>
        <translation>删除</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Inherit group members from parent</source>
        <translation>从父组继承成员</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Inherit</source>
        <translation>继承</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Make group inheritable to sub-channels</source>
        <translation>允许分组被子频道继承</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Inheritable</source>
        <translation>可继承</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Group was inherited from parent channel</source>
        <translation>分组是从父频道继承的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Inherited</source>
        <translation>继承</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Members</source>
        <translation>成员</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Add</source>
        <translation>添加</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Add member to group</source>
        <translation>添加成员到分组</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Remove member from group</source>
        <translation>将成员从分组删除</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;ACL</source>
        <translation>&amp;ACL</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Active ACLs</source>
        <translation>激活的ACL列表</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>List of entries</source>
        <translation>ACL规则列表</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Inherit ACL of parent?</source>
        <translation>是否从父级继承ACL？</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This sets whether or not the ACL up the chain of parent channels are applied to this object. Only those entries that are marked in the parent as &quot;Apply to sub-channels&quot; will be inherited.</source>
        <translation>设置是否应用从父频道继承的ALC选项。只有那些被标记为“应到到子频道”的选项才会被继承。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Inherit ACLs</source>
        <translation>继承ACL</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Move entry up</source>
        <translation>规则上移</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This moves the entry up in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. You cannot move an entry above an inherited entry, if you really need that you&apos;ll have to duplicate the inherited entry.</source>
        <translation>将列表中的选项向上移动。一个选项通过顺序来决定优先级，这将会改变用户的权限租用。你不能移动一个权限到继承的权限之前。如果你确实需要那样做你需要建立一个重复的选项。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Up</source>
        <translation>上移(&amp;U)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Move entry down</source>
        <translation>规则下移</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This moves the entry down in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users.</source>
        <translation>将选项在列表中的位置下移。选项通过顺序决定优先级，这将会改变用户的权限效果。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Down</source>
        <translation>下移(&amp;D)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Add new entry</source>
        <translation>添加新规则</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This adds a new entry, initially set with no permissions and applying to all.</source>
        <translation>添加一个新的选项。默认没有任何权限而且对所有人生效。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Add</source>
        <translation>添加(&amp;A)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Remove entry</source>
        <translation>删除规则</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This removes the currently selected entry.</source>
        <translation>删除当前所选的规则。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Remove</source>
        <translation>&amp;R删除</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Context</source>
        <translation>关系</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Entry should apply to this channel.</source>
        <oldsource>Entry should apply to this channel</oldsource>
        <translation>规则作用于该频道。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This makes the entry apply to this channel.</source>
        <translation>这将设置规则作用于该频道。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Applies to this channel</source>
        <translation>作用于该频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Entry should apply to sub-channels.</source>
        <translation>规则将作用于子频道。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Add new group</source>
        <translation>添加新分组</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Add&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
Add a new group.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;添加&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
添加一个新的分组。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Inherited members</source>
        <translation>被继承的成员</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Contains the list of members added to the group by this channel.</source>
        <translation>显示被该频道添加到分组的成员。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Contains a list of members whose group membership will not be inherited from the parent channel.</source>
        <translation>显示将不从父频道继承的分组成员。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Contains the list of members inherited by other channels.</source>
        <translation>显示被其他频道继承的成员列表。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Type in the name of a user you wish to add to the group and click Add.</source>
        <translation>输入你希望添加到分组的用户的名称并点击添加。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Type in the name of a user you wish to remove from the group and click Add.</source>
        <translation>输入你希望从分组删除的用户的名称并点击添加。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Exclude</source>
        <translation>例外</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Excluded members</source>
        <translation>例外成员</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This makes the entry apply to sub-channels of this channel.</source>
        <translation>这将使规则作用于这个频道的所有子频道。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Applies to sub-channels</source>
        <translation>应用于子频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Permissions</source>
        <translation>许可</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>User/Group</source>
        <translation>用户/分组</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Group this entry applies to</source>
        <translation>该规则应用于的分组</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>User ID</source>
        <translation>用户ID</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>User this entry applies to</source>
        <translation>该规则应用的用户</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This controls which user this entry applies to. Just type in the user name and hit enter to query the server for a match.</source>
        <translation>控制这个选项将对那些用户其作用。请输入用户名并点击确认以匹配服务器。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Properties</source>
        <translation>属性(&amp;P)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Name&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Enter the channel name in this field. The name has to comply with the restriction imposed by the server you are connected to.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;名称&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;在这里输入频道的名称。这个名称需要符合你所连接的服务器的规则。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Temporary&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When checked the channel created will be marked as temporary. This means when the last player leaves it the channel will be automatically deleted by the server.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;临时频道&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
当选择后将创建一个临时频道。这意味着当最后一个用户离开后频道将被服务器自动删除。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Group&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These are all the groups currently defined for the channel. To create a new group, just type in the name and press enter.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;分组&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
频道目前已经定义的所有分组。要创建一个新的分组，只需要输入名称并点击回车。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Remove&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This removes the currently selected group. If the group was inherited, it will not be removed from the list, but all local information about the group will be cleared.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;删除&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;删除当前所选分组。如果一个分组是集成的，将无法从列表中删除，不过所有关于这个分组的本地信息将被清除。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Inherit&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This inherits all the members in the group from the parent, if the group is marked as &lt;i&gt;Inheritable&lt;/i&gt; in the parent channel.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;继承&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;从父级那里继承这个分组的所有成员，如果这个分组在父频道被标记为&lt;i&gt;可继承&lt;/i&gt;的话。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Inheritable&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This makes this group inheritable to sub-channels. If the group is non-inheritable, sub-channels are still free to create a new group with the same name.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;可继承&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;标记这个分组能够被子频道继承。如果分组不可被继承，子频道也可以自由建立一个同样的新分组。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Inherited&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This indicates that the group was inherited from the parent channel. You cannot edit this flag, it&apos;s just for information.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;继承&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;分组是从父频道继承来的，你不能编辑这个标识，这仅是一个信息。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Members&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This list contains all members that were added to the group by the current channel. Be aware that this does not include members inherited by higher levels of the channel tree. These can be found in the &lt;i&gt;Inherited members&lt;/i&gt; list. To prevent this list to be inherited by lower level channels uncheck &lt;i&gt;Inheritable&lt;/i&gt; or manually add the members to the &lt;i&gt;Excluded members&lt;/i&gt; list.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;成员&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
这个列表包含了所有被当前频道添加到这个分组的成员。请注意这里不包含在频道树中处于更高一层的频道的成员。他们将可以在 &lt;i&gt;继承的成员&lt;/i&gt;列表中被找到。如果不希望成员被低层级的频道继承，可以取消选择&lt;i&gt;可继承&lt;/i&gt;选项或者将成员添加到&lt;i&gt;例外成员&lt;/i&gt; 列表。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Excluded members&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contains a list of members whose group membership will not be inherited from the parent channel.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;例外成员&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
包含不会从父级频道继承分组成员关系的成员的列表。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Inherited members&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck &lt;i&gt;Inherit&lt;/i&gt; to prevent inheritance from higher level channels.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;继承的成员&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
包含被当前频道继承的成员的列表。取消&lt;i&gt;继承&lt;/i&gt; 选项可以阻止从高层级的频道继承。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This controls which group of users this entry applies to.&lt;br /&gt;Note that the group is evaluated in the context of the channel the entry is used in. For example, the default ACL on the Root channel gives &lt;i&gt;Write&lt;/i&gt; permission to the &lt;i&gt;admin&lt;/i&gt; group. This entry, if inherited by a channel, will give a user write privileges if he belongs to the &lt;i&gt;admin&lt;/i&gt; group in that channel, even if he doesn&apos;t belong to the &lt;i&gt;admin&lt;/i&gt; group in the channel where the ACL originated.&lt;br /&gt;If a group name starts with &apos;!&apos;, its membership is negated, and if it starts with &apos;~&apos;, it is evaluated in the channel the ACL was defined in, rather than the channel the ACL is active in.&lt;br /&gt;If a group name starts with &apos;#&apos;, it is interpreted as an access token. Users must have entered whatever follows the &apos;#&apos; in their list of access tokens to match. This can be used for very simple password access to channels for non-authenticated users.&lt;br /&gt;If a group name starts with &apos;$&apos;, it will only match users whose certificate hash matches what follows the &apos;$&apos;.&lt;br /&gt;A few special predefined groups are:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;all&lt;/b&gt; - Everyone will match.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;auth&lt;/b&gt; - All authenticated users will match.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;sub,a,b,c&lt;/b&gt; - User currently in a sub-channel minimum &lt;i&gt;a&lt;/i&gt; common parents, and between &lt;i&gt;b&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;c&lt;/i&gt; channels down the chain. See the website for more extensive documentation on this one.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;in&lt;/b&gt; - Users currently in the channel will match (convenience for &apos;&lt;i&gt;sub,0,0,0&lt;/i&gt;&apos;).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;out&lt;/b&gt; - Users outside the channel will match (convenience for &apos;&lt;i&gt;!sub,0,0,0&lt;/i&gt;&apos;).&lt;br /&gt;Note that an entry applies to either a user or a group, not both.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">控制选项将作用与哪个分组。&lt;br /&gt;注意分组通过名称被选项识别。例如：根频道默认将 ACL 的&lt;i&gt;编辑&lt;/i&gt;权限给 &lt;i&gt;admin&lt;/i&gt; 分组。这个选项，如果被一个频道继承，将同样给所有在那个频道的 &lt;i&gt;admin&lt;/i&gt; 分组中的成员编辑ACL的权限，即使他不属于创建ACL选项的频道的 &lt;i&gt;admin&lt;/i&gt; 分组。&lt;br /&gt;如果一个分组名以 &apos;!&apos; 开始，他的成员关系是相反的，而如果以&apos;~&apos;开始， its membership is negated, and if it starts with &apos;~&apos;, 他的权限将优先考虑这个频道所定义的ACL ，而不是对激活的ACL。&lt;br /&gt;如果一个分组以 &apos;#&apos; 开始，他是通过一个有效标记继承的。用户必须输入任何&apos;#&apos; 后面的内容来匹配有效标记。&lt;br /&gt; 如果一个分组以 &apos;$&apos; 开始，他将仅匹配 &apos;$&apos; 后的成员名。&lt;br /&gt;一些特殊的分组预定义分组：&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;all&lt;/b&gt; ——匹配所有人。&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;auth&lt;/b&gt; ——匹配所有认证用户&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;sub,a,b,c&lt;/b&gt; ——用户当前位于一个和&lt;i&gt;a&lt;/i&gt;拥有共同的父级元素而且排列在频道&lt;i&gt;b&lt;/i&gt; 和&lt;i&gt;c&lt;/i&gt;之间的子频道中。&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;in&lt;/b&gt; ——匹配正在频道中的用户 (等同于 &apos;&lt;i&gt;sub,0,0,0&lt;/i&gt;&apos;) 。&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;out&lt;/b&gt; ——匹配不在频道中的用户 (等同于 &apos;&lt;i&gt;!sub,0,0,0&lt;/i&gt;&apos;).&lt;br /&gt;注意一个选项只能作用于一个分组或者用户。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Password&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This field allows you to easily set and change the password of a channel. It uses Mumble&apos;s access tokens feature in the background. Use ACLs and groups if you need more fine grained and powerful access control.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;密码&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;这里允许你为一个频道设置或改变一个密码。他将在后台使用成员的有效标记。使用ACL可分组可以让你更好的进行访问控制。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This shows all the entries active on this channel. Entries inherited from parent channels will be shown in italics.&lt;br /&gt;ACLs are evaluated top to bottom, meaning priority increases as you move down the list.</source>
        <translation>显示了当前频道被激活的所有选项。从父频道继承的选项被静态显示。&lt;br /&gt;ACL 的优先级是自上而下增加的，这意味着列表最下面的选项拥有最高的优先级。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ALSAAudioInput</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="ALSAAudio.cpp" line="+174"/>
        <source>Default ALSA Card</source>
        <translation>ALSA默认声卡</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+191"/>
        <source>Opening chosen ALSA Input failed: %1</source>
        <translation>打开所选的ALSA输入设备失败： %1</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ALSAAudioOutput</name>
    <message>
        <location line="-190"/>
        <source>Default ALSA Card</source>
        <translation>ALSA默认声卡</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+325"/>
        <source>Opening chosen ALSA Output failed: %1</source>
        <translation>打开所选ALSA输出设备失败：%1</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ASIOConfig</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="ASIOInput.cpp" line="+225"/>
        <source>%1 (version %2)</source>
        <translation>%1 （版本 %2）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>%1 -&gt; %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5 Hz</source>
        <oldsource>%1 -&gt; %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5Hz</oldsource>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+43"/>
        <location line="+25"/>
        <source>ASIO Initialization failed: %1</source>
        <translation>ASIO 初始化失败：%1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-21"/>
        <location line="+25"/>
        <source>Failed to instantiate ASIO driver</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">创建ASIO驱动实例失败</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+37"/>
        <source>ASIO</source>
        <translation>ASIO</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="ASIOInput.ui"/>
        <source>Form</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Device selection</source>
        <translation>选择设备</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Device</source>
        <translation>设备</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Device to use for microphone</source>
        <translation>麦克风所使用的硬件</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This chooses what device to query. You still need to actually query the device and select which channels to use.</source>
        <translation>这个将选择需要询问的设备。你需要激活测试设备并且选择需要使用的频道。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Query selected device</source>
        <translation>询问所选设备</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This queries the selected device for channels. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system.</source>
        <translation>要求为频道选择设备。有些最新的ASIO驱动是不完善的，而且他们他们会由于应用程序或者系统的原因而产生崩溃。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Query</source>
        <translation>询问(&amp;Q)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Configure selected device</source>
        <translation>设置所选设备</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This configures the selected device. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system.</source>
        <translation>配置所选的设备。有些最新的ASIO驱动是不完善的，而且他们他们会由于应用程序或者系统的原因而产生崩溃。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Configure</source>
        <translation>设置(&amp;C)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Capabilities</source>
        <translation>性能</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Driver name</source>
        <translation>设备名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Buffer size</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This will configure the input channels for ASIO. Make sure you select at least one channel as microphone and speaker. &lt;i&gt;Microphone&lt;/i&gt; should be where your microphone is attached, and &lt;i&gt;Speaker&lt;/i&gt; should be a channel that samples &apos;&lt;i&gt;What you hear&lt;/i&gt;&apos;.&lt;br /&gt;For example, on the Audigy 2 ZS, a good selection for Microphone would be &apos;&lt;i&gt;Mic L&lt;/i&gt;&apos; while Speaker should be &apos;&lt;i&gt;Mix L&lt;/i&gt;&apos; and &apos;&lt;i&gt;Mix R&lt;/i&gt;&apos;.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">配置ASIO输入通道。确认你至少选择了一个麦克风和扬声器。&lt;i&gt;麦克风&lt;/i&gt; 是你的麦克风工作的必要条件，&lt;i&gt;扬声器&lt;/i&gt; 则是收集‘&lt;i&gt;你听到的声音&lt;/i&gt;’的采样的通道。&lt;br /&gt;例如：对于Audigy 2 ZS，最好使用’&lt;i&gt;Mic L&lt;/i&gt;‘作为麦克风设备，而扬声器设置为’&lt;i&gt;Mix L&lt;/i&gt;’和‘&lt;i&gt;Mix R&lt;/i&gt;’。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Configure input channels</source>
        <translation>设置输入频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Channels</source>
        <translation>频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Microphone</source>
        <translation>麦克风</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;-</source>
        <translation>&lt;-</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>-&gt;</source>
        <translation>-&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Unused</source>
        <translation>未使用</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Speakers</source>
        <translation>扬声器</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ASIOInput</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="ASIOInput.cpp" line="+78"/>
        <source>You need to select at least one microphone and one speaker source to use ASIO. If you just need microphone sampling, use DirectSound.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">你需要至少选择一个麦克风和扬声器源才能使用ASIO。如果只需要麦克风抽样，使用DirectSound。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+104"/>
        <source>Opening selected ASIO device failed. No input will be done.</source>
        <translation>打开所选ASIO设备失败。无法进行输入。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>AboutDialog</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="About.cpp" line="+40"/>
        <source>About Mumble</source>
        <translation>关于 Mumble</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+30"/>
        <source>&lt;h3&gt;Mumble (%1)&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;p&gt;Copyright %3 Thorvald Natvig&lt;br /&gt;slicer@users.sourceforge.net&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;A voice-chat utility for gamers&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;tt&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;%2&quot;&gt;%2&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/tt&gt;&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <translation>&lt;h3&gt;Mumble (%1)&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;p&gt;版权 %3 Thorvald Natvig&lt;br /&gt;slicer@users.sourceforge.net&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;A voice-chat utility for gamers&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;tt&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;%2&quot;&gt;%2&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/tt&gt;&lt;/p&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+10"/>
        <source>&amp;About Mumble</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">关于 Mumble(&amp;A) </translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>&amp;License</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">版权认证(&amp;L)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>3rd &amp;party licenses</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>OK</source>
        <translation>确定</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>AudioInput</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="AudioInput.ui"/>
        <source>Form</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Interface</source>
        <translation>接口</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>System</source>
        <translation>系统</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Input method for audio</source>
        <translation>音频输入方法</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This is the input method to use for audio.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Most likely you want to use DirectSound.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;这是音频输入的方法。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;通常这里应使用DirectSound。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Device</source>
        <translation>设备</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Input device for audio</source>
        <translation>语音输入设备</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This is the input device to use for audio.&lt;/b&gt;</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">你的音频将使用的输入设备</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Transmission</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">发送</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Transmit</source>
        <translation>发送(&amp;T)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>When to transmit your speech</source>
        <translation>当你说话时发送</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This sets when speech should be transmitted.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Continuous&lt;/i&gt; - All the time&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Voice Activity&lt;/i&gt; - When you are speaking clearly.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Push To Talk&lt;/i&gt; - When you hold down the hotkey set under &lt;i&gt;Shortcuts&lt;/i&gt;.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;设置何时发送你说的话。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;持续&lt;/i&gt;——任何时间；&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;语音激活&lt;/i&gt;——当你清楚的说话时；&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;按键说话&lt;/i&gt;——当你按住你设置的&lt;i&gt;快捷键&lt;/i&gt;时。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>DoublePush Time</source>
        <translation>双击时间</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>If you press the PTT key twice in this time it will get locked.</source>
        <translation>如果你在这个时间内连续按下 PFT(按键发音键)，它将会被锁定。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;DoublePush Time&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you press the push-to-talk key twice during the configured interval of time it will be locked. Mumble will keep transmitting until you hit the key once more to unlock PTT again.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">&lt;b&gt;双击时间&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;如果你在设定的时间内连续两次点击 按键发音的键，将会锁定它。Mumble将会保持发送状态直到你再次点击这个键以解锁PFT。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Reset audio cue to default</source>
        <translation>重置音频提示到默认</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Reset&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;Reset the paths for the files to their default.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;重置&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;重置文件的路径为默认值。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Browse for on audio file</source>
        <translation>浏览打开时的音频文件</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Browse for off audio file</source>
        <translation>浏览关闭时的音频文件</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Off</source>
        <translation>关闭</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>On</source>
        <translation>打开</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Preview the audio cues</source>
        <translation>试听音频提示</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Use SNR based speech detection</source>
        <translation>使用信噪比探测</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Signal to Noise</source>
        <translation>信号/噪音</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This sets speech detection to use Amplitude.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In this mode, the raw strength of the input signal is used to detect speech.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;设置语音检测为振幅&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;在这个模式下，输入信号的强度被用于检测是否在说哈。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Amplitude</source>
        <translation>振幅</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Voice &amp;Hold</source>
        <translation>语音保持(&amp;H)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>How long to keep transmitting after silence</source>
        <translation>变安静后保持发送多少时间</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Silence Below</source>
        <translation>安静阈值</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This sets the trigger values for voice detection.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Use this together with the Audio Statistics window to manually tune the trigger values for detecting speech. Input values below &quot;Silence Below&quot; always count as silence. Values above &quot;Speech Above&quot; always count as voice. Values in between will count as voice if you&apos;re already talking, but will not trigger a new detection.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Speech Above</source>
        <translation>说话阈值</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Signal values above this count as voice</source>
        <translation>信号超过这个值即为语音</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Compression</source>
        <translation>压缩</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Quality</source>
        <translation>质量(&amp;Q)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Quality of compression (peak bandwidth)</source>
        <translation>压缩的质量(峰值带宽)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This sets the quality of compression.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This determines how much bandwidth Mumble is allowed to use for outgoing audio.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">&lt;b&gt;选择压缩的质量。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;指定 Mumble 传出的音频的带宽。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Audio per packet</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">每包音频</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>How many audio frames to send per packet</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">每个数据包中含有音频帧的数量</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This selects how many audio frames should be put in one packet.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Increasing this will increase the latency of your voice, but will also reduce bandwidth requirements.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">&lt;b&gt;选择每个数据包中含有多少音频帧数&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;增加这个数值会增加语音的延迟，但是也会降低带宽需求。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This shows peak outgoing bandwidth used.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This shows the peak amount of bandwidth sent out from your machine. Audio bitrate is the maximum bitrate (as we use VBR) for the audio data alone. Position is the bitrate used for positional information. Overhead is our framing and the IP packet headers (IP and UDP is 75% of this overhead).</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Audio Processing</source>
        <translation>音频处理</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Noise Suppression</source>
        <translation>噪声抑制</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Noise suppression</source>
        <translation>噪声抑制</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This sets the amount of noise suppression to apply.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The higher this value, the more aggressively stationary noise will be suppressed.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Maximum amplification of input sound</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">输入的声音的最大放大量</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Maximum amplification of input.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mumble normalizes the input volume before compressing, and this sets how much it&apos;s allowed to amplify.&lt;br /&gt;The actual level is continually updated based on your current speech pattern, but it will never go above the level specified here.&lt;br /&gt;If the &lt;i&gt;Microphone loudness&lt;/i&gt; level of the audio statistics hover around 100%, you probably want to set this to 2.0 or so, but if, like most people, you are unable to reach 100%, set this to something much higher.&lt;br /&gt;Ideally, set it so &lt;i&gt;Microphone Loudness * Amplification Factor &gt;= 100&lt;/i&gt;, even when you&apos;re speaking really soft.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Note that there is no harm in setting this to maximum, but Mumble will start picking up other conversations if you leave it to auto-tune to that level.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Current speech detection chance</source>
        <translation>当前语音侦测</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Cancel echo from speakers</source>
        <translation>消除扬声器的回声</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enabling this will cancel the echo from your speakers. Mixed has low CPU impact, but only works well if your speakers are equally loud and equidistant from the microphone. Multichannel echo cancellation provides much better echo cancellation, but at a higher CPU cost.</source>
        <translation>启用该选项将消除从你扬声器里发出的回声。混音模式消耗较低的CPU资源，但是仅在你的扬声器和麦克风音量等级相近并距离相等时工作良好。多音轨回声消除提供更好的回声消除效果，但是消耗较多的CPU资源。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Disabled</source>
        <translation>不可用</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Mixed</source>
        <translation>混音</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Multichannel</source>
        <translation>多音轨</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Echo</source>
        <translation>回声</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This sets speech detection to use Signal to Noise ratio.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In this mode, the input is analyzed for something resembling a clear signal, and the clarity of that signal is used to trigger speech detection.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">&lt;b&gt;通过信噪比检测你的是否正在说话。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;这个模式下，输入会分离出较清晰的信号，并且这些清晰的信号会激活语音检测。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This shows the current speech detection settings.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;显示当前的语音检测设置。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;你可以从设置对话框或者音频向导改变设置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Signal values below this count as silence</source>
        <translation>当信号量低于这个值被视为安静</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Maximum bandwidth used for sending audio</source>
        <translation>用于发送的音频的最大带宽</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Use Amplitude based speech detection</source>
        <translation>使用基于振幅的语音检测</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This selects how long after a perceived stop in speech transmission should continue.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Set this higher if your voice breaks up when you speak (seen by a rapidly blinking voice icon next to your name).</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">&lt;b&gt;选择在语音结束后多长时间内保持发送&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Set this higher if your voice breaks up when you speak (seen by a rapidly blinking voice icon next to your name).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Exclusive mode</source>
        <translation>独占模式</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This opens the device in exclusive mode.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;No other application will be able to use the device.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;打开设备独占模式&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;其他应用程序将无法使用设备。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Exclusive</source>
        <translation>独占</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>R&amp;eset</source>
        <translation>重置(&amp;e)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Browse...</source>
        <translation>浏览(&amp;B)...</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>B&amp;rowse...</source>
        <translation>浏览(&amp;B)...</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Preview</source>
        <translation>试听(&amp;P)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Preview&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;Plays the current &lt;i&gt;on&lt;/i&gt; sound followed by the current &lt;i&gt;off&lt;/i&gt; sound.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;试听&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;连续播放当前 &lt;i&gt;打开&lt;/i&gt; 时的声音和当前&lt;i&gt;关闭&lt;/i&gt; 时的声音。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Displays an always on top window with a push to talk button in it</source>
        <translation>当按键说话时，显示一个总是置顶的窗口</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Display push to talk window</source>
        <translation>显示按键说话窗口</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Misc</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Audible audio cue when starting or stopping to transmit</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">当开始或者结束的时候能听到的音频提示</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This enables transmission audio cues.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Setting this will give you a short audio beep when you start and stop transmitting.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;开启发送声音的提示&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;设置一个当你在开始发送和结束发送的时候的简短的提示音。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Audio cue</source>
        <translation>音频提示</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Gets played when starting to transmit</source>
        <translation>当开始发送时播放</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Gets played when stopping to transmit</source>
        <translation>当结束发送时播放</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Hold Time</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Time the microphone stays open after the PTT key is released</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="AudioInput.cpp" line="+529"/>
        <source>Server maximum network bandwidth is only %1 kbit/s. Audio quality auto-adjusted to %2 kbit/s (%3 ms)</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="AudioInput.ui"/>
        <source>Max. Amplification</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Idle action</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>minutes do</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>nothing</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>deafen</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>mute</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>after</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>AudioInputDialog</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="AudioConfigDialog.cpp" line="+75"/>
        <source>Continuous</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">保持</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Voice Activity</source>
        <translation>语音激活</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Push To Talk</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">按键发言</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+14"/>
        <source>Audio Input</source>
        <translation>音频输入</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+111"/>
        <location line="+8"/>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>%1 ms</source>
        <translation>%1 毫秒</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-9"/>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <location line="+20"/>
        <source>Off</source>
        <translation>关闭</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-12"/>
        <source>%1 s</source>
        <translation>%1 秒</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>%1 kb/s</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+11"/>
        <source>-%1 dB</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+48"/>
        <source>%1 kbit/s (Audio %2, Position %4, Overhead %3)</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>AudioOutput</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="AudioOutput.ui"/>
        <source>Form</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Interface</source>
        <translation>接口</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>System</source>
        <translation>系统</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Output method for audio</source>
        <translation>音频输出方式</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This is the output method to use for audio.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Most likely you want to use DirectSound.</source>
        <oldsource>&lt;b&gt;This is the input method to use for audio.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Most likely you want to use DirectSound.</oldsource>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;音频输出的方法。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;通常你应该选择DirectSound。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Device</source>
        <translation>设备</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Output device for audio</source>
        <translation>音频输出设备</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This is the output device to use for audio.&lt;/b&gt;</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;这里是音频输出的设备。&lt;/b&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Positional Audio</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">位置音频</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Audio Output</source>
        <translation>音频输出</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Default &amp;Jitter Buffer</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">默认抖动缓冲(&amp;J)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Safety margin for jitter buffer</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">抖动缓冲的安全边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This sets the minimum safety margin for the jitter buffer.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;All incoming audio is buffered, and the jitter buffer continually tries to push the buffer to the minimum sustainable by your network, so latency can be as low as possible. This sets the minimum buffer size to use. If the start of sentences you hear is very jittery, increase this value.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Minimum distance to user before sound volume decreases</source>
        <translation>用户音量开始减少的最小距离</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This sets the minimum distance for sound calculations. The volume of other users&apos; speech will not decrease until they are at least this far away from you.</source>
        <translation>设置声音计算的最小距离。其他用户的语音将不会改变直到他们和你的距离超出了这个距离。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This sets the maximum distance for sound calculations. When farther away than this, other users&apos; speech volume will not decrease any further.</source>
        <translation>设置最大声音计算的最大距离。当用户和你的距离超过了这个距离，他们说话的声音将不会继续减少。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This enables one of the loopback test modes.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;None&lt;/i&gt; - Loopback disabled&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Local&lt;/i&gt; - Emulate a local server.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Server&lt;/i&gt; - Request loopback from server.&lt;br /&gt;Please note than when loopback is enabled, no other users will hear your voice. This setting is not saved on application exit.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;开启回放测试模式&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;无&lt;/i&gt;——禁止回放&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;本地&lt;/i&gt;——建立一个本地仿真服务器&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;服务器&lt;/i&gt;向服务器申请接收回放&lt;br /&gt;请注意一旦开启回放，其他用户将无法听到你的声音。这个设置在退出程序时不会被保存。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Volume</source>
        <translation>音量</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Volume of incoming speech</source>
        <translation>传入的语音音量</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This adjusts the volume of incoming speech.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Note that if you increase this beyond 100%, audio will be distorted.</source>
        <translation>&lt;/b&gt;调整传入的语音音量&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;注意如果你将这个这个值增加到超过100%，因平将会失真。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Output Delay</source>
        <translation>输出延迟</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Amount of data to buffer</source>
        <translation>缓冲的数据总量</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>The connected &quot;speakers&quot; are actually headphones</source>
        <oldsource>The connected &quot;speakers&quot; are actually headphones.</oldsource>
        <translation>已经连接的“扬声器”实际上是耳麦</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Factor for sound volume decrease</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">品两减小因子</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Bloom</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">增幅</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Factor for sound volume increase</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">音量增加因子</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>How much should sound volume increase for sources that are really close?</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">当当音源逐渐靠近时音量如何增加？</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Checking this indicates that you don&apos;t have speakers connected, just headphones. This is important, as speakers are usually in front of you, while headphones are directly to your left/right.</source>
        <translation>如果除了耳机以外你使用没有其他的扬声器，请检查这一项的设置。这非常重要，因为扬声器通常在你面前，而耳机则直接将声音传输到你的左右耳。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This sets the amount of data to pre-buffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn&apos;t cause rapid jitter in the sound.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">设置输出缓冲的数据总量。当设置的较高时可以模拟不同的声音。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Headphones</source>
        <translation>耳麦</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Minimum Distance</source>
        <translation>最小距离</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Maximum Distance</source>
        <translation>最大距离</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Maximum distance, beyond which speech volume won&apos;t decrease</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">最大距离，超过这个距离声音将不再减小</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Minimum Volume</source>
        <translation>最小音量</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>What should the volume be at the maximum distance?</source>
        <translation>当在最大距离时的声音有多大？</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Loopback Test</source>
        <translation>回放测试</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Delay Variance</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">延迟变量</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Variance in packet latency</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">数据包延迟的变量</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you to set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms.</source>
        <oldsource>&lt;b&gt;This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms.</oldsource>
        <translation type="unfinished">&lt;b&gt;设置回放测试的数据包延迟量。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;大多数的音频路径包含了延迟变量。这允许你为回放测试设置一个变量。例如，如果你将其设置为15ms，这模拟了ping值为 20-35ms或者延迟为80-95ms 的网络情况。通常一个网络的延迟变量在5ms。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Packet Loss</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">包丢失</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Packet loss for loopback mode</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">回放模式的包丢失</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This sets the packet loss for loopback mode.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This will be the ratio of packets lost. Unless your outgoing bandwidth is peaked or there&apos;s something wrong with your network connection, this will be 0%</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;设置回放模式的包丢失。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;设置包丢失的比率。除非你的带宽太小或者网络出现问题，否则应该是 0%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Loopback</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">回放(&amp;L)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Desired loopback mode</source>
        <translation>直接回放模式</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Attenuate applications by...</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">减小程序声音...</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Attenuation of other applications during speech</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">当说话是减小其他应用程序的音量</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Attenuate volume of other applications during speech&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mumble supports decreasing the volume of other applications during incoming and/or outgoing speech. This sets the attenuation of other applications if the feature is enabled.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">&lt;b&gt;当说话时减小其他应用程序的声音&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mumble支持在传入或传出的时候减小其他应用程序的声音。如果支持的话，这个选项将减小其他应用程序的声音。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>If checked Mumble lowers the volume of other applications while other users talk</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">如果选择该选项，当其他人说话时 Mumble 将降低其他应用程序的音量</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Attenuate applications while other users talk&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mumble supports decreasing the volume of other applications during incoming and/or outgoing speech. This makes mumble activate the feature while other users talk to you.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>while other users talk</source>
        <translation>当其他人说话时</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>If checked Mumble lowers the volume of other applications while you talk</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">选择此项当你说话时 Mumble 将降低其他应用程序的音量</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Attenuate applications while you talk&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mumble supports decreasing the volume of other applications during incoming and/or outgoing speech. This makes mumble activate the feature while you talk.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>while you talk</source>
        <translation>当你说话时</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Exclusive mode, not recommended.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">独占模式，不推荐。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This opens the device in exclusive mode.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;No other application will be able to use the device.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;以独占模式打开设备。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;其他应用程序将无法使用设备。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Exclusive</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">独占</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>AudioOutputDialog</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="AudioConfigDialog.cpp" line="+135"/>
        <source>None</source>
        <translation>无</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Local</source>
        <translation>本地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Server</source>
        <translation>服务器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>Audio Output</source>
        <translation>音频输出</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+106"/>
        <location line="+19"/>
        <location line="+8"/>
        <source>%1 ms</source>
        <translation>%1 毫秒</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-16"/>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <location line="+8"/>
        <location line="+31"/>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>%1 %</source>
        <translation>%1 %</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-16"/>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>%1 m</source>
        <translation>%1 米</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>AudioOutputSample</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="AudioOutputSample.cpp" line="+211"/>
        <source>Choose sound file</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">选择声音文件</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>Invalid sound file</source>
        <translation>无效的声音文件</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>The file &apos;%1&apos; cannot be used by Mumble. Please select a file with a compatible format and encoding.</source>
        <translation>Mumble无法使用文件 &apos;%1&apos; 。请检查文件的编码及格式。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>AudioStats</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="AudioStats.cpp" line="+387"/>
        <source>&gt;1000 ms</source>
        <oldsource>&gt;1000ms</oldsource>
        <translation type="unfinished">&gt;1000 毫秒</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="AudioStats.ui"/>
        <source>Audio Statistics</source>
        <translation>音频统计</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Input Levels</source>
        <translation>输入等级</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Peak microphone level</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">麦克风峰值</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Peak power in last frame</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">前一帧峰值</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms), and is the same measurement as you would usually find displayed as &quot;input power&quot;. Please disregard this and look at &lt;b&gt;Microphone power&lt;/b&gt; instead, which is much more steady and disregards outliers.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">这里显示了麦克风最大功率在前一个帧(20ms)的峰值功率，这和你通常在“输入功率”里看到的信息使用同样的计量方式。请忽略这个选项并查看&lt;b&gt;麦克风功率&lt;/b&gt;，那将更稳定并且忽略了误差。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Peak speaker level</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">扬声器峰值</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This shows the peak power of the speakers in the last frame (20 ms). Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you&apos;re playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working.</source>
        <oldsource>This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) of the speakers. Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you&apos;re playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working.</oldsource>
        <translation type="unfinished">显示扬声器攻略在上一帧 (20ms) 的峰值。除非你通过扬声器频道设置使用了多声道抽样方式(比如ASIO)，否则这将会是0 。如果你进行了设置，而当你通过其他程序播放声音时这里依然显示为0，那么你的设置没有起作用。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Peak clean level</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) after all processing. Ideally, this should be -96 dB when you&apos;re not talking. In reality, a sound studio should see -60 dB, and you should hopefully see somewhere around -20 dB. When you are talking, this should rise to somewhere between -5 and -10 dB.&lt;br /&gt;If you are using echo cancellation, and this rises to more than -15 dB when you&apos;re not talking, your setup is not working, and you&apos;ll annoy other users with echoes.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">这里显示了经过所有处理后上一帧(20ms)的峰值。在理想状态下，如果你没有说话，这里应该是-96dB。实际上，经过处理后通常会在 -60 dB 到 -20 dB 的附近。如果你正在说话，这将会上升到-5到-10dB的范围内。&lt;br /&gt;如果你使用了回音消除，当你没有说话时这将会升高超过 -15dB。如果你没有说话你的设置将不会起作用，而这些回声会让其他人感到厌烦。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Signal Analysis</source>
        <translation>信号分析</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Microphone power</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">麦克风功率</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>How close the current input level is to ideal</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">输入等级是否理想</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This shows how close your current input volume is to the ideal. To adjust your microphone level, open whatever program you use to adjust the recording volume, and look at the value here while talking.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Talk loud, as you would when you&apos;re upset over getting fragged by a noob.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Adjust the volume until this value is close to 100%, but make sure it doesn&apos;t go above. If it does go above, you are likely to get clipping in parts of your speech, which will degrade sound quality.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">这显示你当前的输入音量是否合适。请调节你的麦克风等级，随便打开一个你用于调整录音音量的软件，并在说话的时候查看这里的值。&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;大声的说话，如果你好像你正在聊天一样。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;调整音量，直到这个值接近但不超过 100% 。如果它超过了100%，你的说话将会被截断，这回降低通话质量。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Signal-To-Noise ratio</source>
        <translation>信噪比</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Signal-To-Noise ratio from the microphone</source>
        <translation>麦克风的信噪比</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is the Signal-To-Noise Ratio (SNR) of the microphone in the last frame (20 ms). It shows how much clearer the voice is compared to the noise.&lt;br /&gt;If this value is below 1.0, there&apos;s more noise than voice in the signal, and so quality is reduced.&lt;br /&gt;There is no upper limit to this value, but don&apos;t expect to see much above 40-50 without a sound studio.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">这里是麦克风在上一帧(20ms)的信噪比(SNR)。他显示了你的声音想对于噪音的清晰程度。&lt;br /&gt;如果这个值低于1.0，那说明你的信号里的噪音更大，质量也就会降低&lt;br /&gt;这个值没有上线，不过如果没有经过处理，这个值不过超过40～50。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Speech Probability</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">语音强度</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Probability of speech</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">语音的强度</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is the probability that the last frame (20 ms) was speech and not environment noise.&lt;br /&gt;Voice activity transmission depends on this being right. The trick with this is that the middle of a sentence is always detected as speech; the problem is the pauses between words and the start of speech. It&apos;s hard to distinguish a sigh from a word starting with &apos;h&apos;.&lt;br /&gt;If this is in bold font, it means Mumble is currently transmitting (if you&apos;re connected).</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Configuration feedback</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">回馈配置</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Current audio bitrate</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">当前音频位速率</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Bitrate of last frame</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">上一帧位速率</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>DoublePush interval</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">双击时间</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Time between last two Push-To-Talk presses</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">两次按下按键发音的时间间隔</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Speech Detection</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">语音检测</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Current speech detection chance</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">当前的语音检测</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This shows the current speech detection settings.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">&lt;b&gt;显示当前的语音检测设置。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;你可以通过设置对话框或者音频向导修改这个设置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Signal and noise power spectrum</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">信号和噪音强度频谱</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Power spectrum of input signal and noise estimate</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">输入的信号噪音的大致的频谱分布</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This shows the power spectrum of the current input signal (red line) and the current noise estimate (filled blue).&lt;br /&gt;All amplitudes are multiplied by 30 to show the interesting parts (how much more signal than noise is present in each waveband).&lt;br /&gt;This is probably only of interest if you&apos;re trying to fine-tune noise conditions on your microphone. Under good conditions, there should be just a tiny flutter of blue at the bottom. If the blue is more than halfway up on the graph, you have a seriously noisy environment.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Echo Analysis</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">回声分析</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Weights of the echo canceller</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">回音消除的强度</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This shows the weights of the echo canceller, with time increasing downwards and frequency increasing to the right.&lt;br /&gt;Ideally, this should be black, indicating no echo exists at all. More commonly, you&apos;ll have one or more horizontal stripes of bluish color representing time delayed echo. You should be able to see the weights updated in real time.&lt;br /&gt;Please note that as long as you have nothing to echo off, you won&apos;t see much useful data here. Play some music and things should stabilize. &lt;br /&gt;You can choose to view the real or imaginary parts of the frequency-domain weights, or alternately the computed modulus and phase. The most useful of these will likely be modulus, which is the amplitude of the echo, and shows you how much of the outgoing signal is being removed at that time step. The other viewing modes are mostly useful to people who want to tune the echo cancellation algorithms.&lt;br /&gt;Please note: If the entire image fluctuates massively while in modulus mode, the echo canceller fails to find any correlation whatsoever between the two input sources (speakers and microphone). Either you have a very long delay on the echo, or one of the input sources is configured wrong.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is the audio bitrate of the last compressed frame (20 ms), and as such will jump up and down as the VBR adjusts the quality. The peak bitrate can be adjusted in the Settings dialog.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>AudioWizard</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="AudioWizard.ui"/>
        <source>Audio Tuning Wizard</source>
        <translation>音频设置向导</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Introduction</source>
        <translation>简介</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Welcome to the Mumble Audio Wizard</source>
        <translation>欢迎来到 Mumble 音频设置向导</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Finished</source>
        <translation>结束</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enjoy using Mumble</source>
        <translation>祝你使用 Mumble 愉快</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Device selection</source>
        <translation>选择设备</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Selecting the input and output device to use with Mumble.</source>
        <translation>选择 Mumble 使用的输入和输出设备。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is the device your microphone is connected to.</source>
        <translation>这个设备链接到你的麦克风。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>System</source>
        <translation>系统</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Input method for audio</source>
        <translation>音频输入方式</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This is the input method to use for audio.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Most likely you want to use DirectSound.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;设置音频输入的方式。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;通常你应使用DirectSound。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Device</source>
        <translation>设备</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Input device to use</source>
        <translation>将使用的输入设备</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Selects which sound card to use for audio input.&lt;/b&gt;</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;选择你将用于输入的声卡。&lt;/b&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Cancel echo from headset or speakers</source>
        <translation>消除耳机或扬声器的回音</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Use echo cancellation</source>
        <translation>使用回声消除</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This enables echo cancellation of outgoing audio, which helps both on speakers and on headsets.</source>
        <translation>这讲开启输出音频的回声消除，这对耳机和扬声器都很有帮助。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is the device your speakers or headphones are connected to.</source>
        <translation>这个设备连接到你的扬声器或者耳麦。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Output method for audio</source>
        <translation>音频输出方式</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This is the Output method to use for audio.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Most likely you want to use DirectSound.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;设置音频输出的方式。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;通常你应使用DirectSound.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Output device to use</source>
        <translation>使用的输出设备</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Selects which sound card to use for audio Output.&lt;/b&gt;</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;选择你要用于输出的声卡。&lt;/b&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enable positional audio</source>
        <translation>允许位置音频</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Allows positioning of sound</source>
        <oldsource>Allows positioning of sound.</oldsource>
        <translation>允许声音的位置信息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;
This is the audio tuning wizard for Mumble. This will help you correctly set the input levels of your sound card, and also set the correct parameters for sound processing in Mumble.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Please be aware that as long as this wizard is active, audio will be looped locally to allow you to listen to it, and no audio will be sent to the server.
&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <translation>&lt;p&gt;
这是 Mumble的音频设置向导。这将帮助你正确的设置你的声卡的输入等级和Mumble的声音处理的参数。
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
请注意在整个设置向导的过程中，音频将采用本地回放的方式以便你能听到，而且没有任何音频会被发送到服务器。
&lt;/p&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Input Device</source>
        <translation>输入设备</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Output Device</source>
        <translation>输出设备</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This allows Mumble to use positional audio to place voices.</source>
        <translation>允许 Mumble根据位置的不同播放位置音频。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;
To keep latency to an absolute minimum, it&apos;s important to buffer as little audio as possible on the soundcard. However, many soundcards report that they require a much smaller buffer than what they can actually work with, so the only way to set this value is to try and fail.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
You should hear a voice sample. Change the slider below to the lowest value which gives &lt;b&gt;no&lt;/b&gt; interruptions or jitter in the sound. Please note that local echo is disabled during this test.
&lt;/p&gt;
</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">&lt;p&gt;
为了获得更好的效果，测试你的声卡的缓冲区大小非常重要。许多声卡宣称的他们所需要的缓冲区比他们实际上使用的要小的多，所以这是能唯一测试并设置你声卡的方法。
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
你将会听到一个语音示例。拖动下面的进度条直到你听到声音 &lt;b&gt;没有&lt;/b&gt; 没有任何中断或者抖动。请注意在这个测试的过程中关闭本地的回音。
&lt;/p&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Amount of data to buffer</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">缓冲数据总量</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This sets the amount of data to pre-buffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn&apos;t cause rapid jitter in the sound.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">设置你输出缓冲的缓冲量大小。这能有效的清除声音中的抖动和中断，并使用各种不同的效果。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;
Open your sound control panel and go to the recording settings. Make sure the microphone is selected as active input with maximum recording volume. If there&apos;s an option to enable a &quot;Microphone boost&quot; make sure it&apos;s checked.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sound control panel until the bar below stays as high as possible in the blue and green but &lt;b&gt;not&lt;/b&gt; the red zone while you speak.
&lt;/p&gt;
</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">&lt;p&gt;
打开你的音量控制面板并切换到录音配置。确定麦克风已经激活并调整到最大音量。如果有一个可选9选项为 &quot;Microphone boost&quot; 请确保它被勾选。
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
大声的说话，就好像你正在和什么说话一样。调整音量控制面板里的音量控制直到你说话的时候下面的这个状态条保持在蓝色和绿色的区域里而&lt;b&gt;不是&lt;/b&gt; 红色的区域里。
&lt;/p&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Positional Audio</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">位置音频</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Adjusting attenuation of positional audio.</source>
        <translation>调整位置音频的衰减。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;
Mumble supports positional audio for some games, and will position the voice of other users relative to their position in game. Depending on their position, the volume of the voice will be changed between the speakers to simulate the direction and distance the other user is at. Such positioning depends on your speaker configuration being correct in your operating system, so a test is done here.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
The graph below shows the position of &lt;font color=&quot;red&quot;&gt;you&lt;/font&gt;, the &lt;font color=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;speakers&lt;/font&gt; and a &lt;font color=&quot;green&quot;&gt;moving sound source&lt;/font&gt; as if seen from above. You should hear the audio move between the channels.
&lt;/p&gt;
</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">&lt;p&gt;
Mumble为一些游戏提供了位置音频，并且通过位置语音来模拟其他用户在游戏里的位置。依赖他们的位置，语音的音量通过扬声器发出时会被改变。这依赖与你的扬声器和系统是否能够正确的表现。所以请在这里进行一下测试。
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
下面这张图显示了 The graph below shows the position of &lt;font color=&quot;red&quot;&gt;你&lt;/font&gt;、&lt;font color=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;扬声器&lt;/font&gt; 和一个 &lt;font color=&quot;green&quot;&gt;移动的声音源&lt;/font&gt; 的位置的俯视图。你将会通过不同的声道听到声音的变化。
&lt;/p&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Use headphones instead of speakers</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">使用耳机替代扬声器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;
Congratulations. You should now be ready to enjoy a richer sound experience with Mumble.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus on the features that benefit the most users. To this end, Mumble supports submitting anonymous statistics about your configuration to the developers. These statistics are essential for future development, and also make sure the features you use aren&apos;t deprecated.
&lt;/p&gt;
</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">&lt;p&gt;
恭喜你，你现在可以通过 MUmble 获得更好的语音体验。
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus on the features that benefit the most users. To this end, Mumble supports submitting anonymous statistics about your configuration to the developers. These statistics are essential for future development, and also make sure the features you use aren&apos;t deprecated.
&lt;/p&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Use headphones</source>
        <translation>使用耳麦</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This ignores the OS speaker configuration and configures the positioning for headphones instead.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">这将忽略系统扬声器的设置并且设置通过耳机表现位置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Volume tuning</source>
        <translation>音量调整</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Tuning microphone hardware volume to optimal settings.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">调整麦克风硬件音量至理想设置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Now talk softly, as you would when talking late at night and you don&apos;t want to disturb anyone. Adjust the slider below so that the bar moves into green when you talk, but stays blue while you&apos;re silent.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">现在轻声的说话，好像你正在深夜说话而且你不想吵醒其他人。调整下面的进度条，当你说话的时候上其保持在绿色的区域而你没说话时保持在蓝色的区域。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Voice Activity Detection</source>
        <translation>语音激活检测</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Letting Mumble figure out when you&apos;re talking and when you&apos;re silent.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">让 Mumble判断你是否在说话。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This will help Mumble figure out when you are talking. The first step is selecting which data value to use.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">这将帮助 Mumble 判断你是否在说话。第一步是选择一个判断的标准。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Raw amplitude from input</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">原始输入振幅</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Signal-To-Noise ratio</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">信噪比</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Next you need to adjust the following slider. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you&apos;re not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech).</source>
        <oldsource>Next you need to adjust the following two sliders. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you&apos;re not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech).</oldsource>
        <translation type="unfinished">接下来你需要调整下面的滑杆，首先你大声说话的时候应该保持在绿色的范围内(可靠的说话)。而你小声说话的时候应该保持在黄色的区域内(可能是在说话)；而当你没说话的时候应该保持在红色的区域内(确定没有说话)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Device tuning</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">设备调整</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Changing hardware output delays to their minimum value.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">改变你硬件设备输出的最小单元。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">提交匿名统计到 MUmble 项目组</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Push To Talk:</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">按键说话:</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Quality &amp; Notifications</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">质量和提示</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Adjust quality and notification settings.</source>
        <translation>调整质量和提示音的设置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Quality settings</source>
        <translation>质量设置</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Low</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">低质</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Balanced</source>
        <translation>均衡</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Notification settings</source>
        <translation>提示设置</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Use Text-To-Speech to read notifications and messages to you.</source>
        <translation>使用语音播报对你读取提示提信息。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Disable Text-To-Speech and use sounds instead.</source>
        <translation>不使用语音播报而使用声音。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="AudioWizard.cpp" line="+309"/>
        <source>%1 ms</source>
        <translation>%1 毫秒</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="AudioWizard.ui"/>
        <source>Enables attenuation of other applications while users talk to you</source>
        <translation>允许在其他用户对你说话的时候降低其他应用程序的音量</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Attenuate applications while other users talk</source>
        <translation>其他用户说话时调低应用程序音量</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>High</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">高质</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Custom</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">自定义</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>You already set a customized quality configuration in Mumble. Select this setting to keep it.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">你可以在MUmble中定义一个自己的质量设置。并通过这个选项来保存。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enables attenuation of other applications while users talk to you. This means that as soon someone starts to speak to you in Mumble, the sound of all other applications (like audio players) will get attenuated so you can hear them more clearly.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">允许其他用户说话时降低其他应用程序的音量。这意味着只要有用户在Mumble里对你说话，其他应用程序发出的声音(比如音频播放器)的音量就会被降低，以保证你能更清晰的听清他们在说什么。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Apply some high contrast optimizations for visually impaired users</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">允许为视力障碍用户使用高亮优化的图像</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Use high contrast graphics</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">使用高对对比图像</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Keep custom Text-To-Speech settings.</source>
        <translation>使用自定义的语音播报设置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;
Open your sound control panel and go to the recording settings. Make sure the microphone is selected as active input with maximum recording volume. If there&apos;s an option to enable a &quot;Microphone boost&quot; make sure it&apos;s checked.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sound control panel until the bar below stays as high as possible in the striped and the empty but &lt;b&gt;not&lt;/b&gt; the crisscrossed zone while you speak.
&lt;/p&gt;
</source>
        <oldsource>&lt;p&gt;
Open your sound control panel and go to the recording settings. Make sure the microphone is selected as active input with maximum recording volume. If there&apos;s an option to enable a &quot;Microphone boost&quot; make sure it&apos;s checked.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sound control panel until the bar below stays as high as possible in the striped and the empty but &lt;b&gt;not&lt;/b&gt; the criss-crossed zone while you speak.
&lt;/p&gt;
</oldsource>
        <comment>For high contrast mode</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">&lt;p&gt;
打开你的音量控制面板并切换到录音配置。确定麦克风已经激活并调整到最大音量。如果有一个可选9选项为 &quot;Microphone boost&quot; 请确保它被勾选。
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
大声的说话，就好像你正在和什么说话一样。调整音量控制面板里的音量控制直到你说话的时候下面的这个状态条保持在蓝色和绿色的区域里而&lt;b&gt;不是&lt;/b&gt; 红色的区域里。
&lt;/p&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Now talk softly, as you would when talking late at night and you don&apos;t want to disturb anyone. Adjust the slider below so that the bar moves into empty zone when you talk, but stays in the striped one while you&apos;re silent.</source>
        <comment>For high contrast mode</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">现在轻声的说话，好像你正在深夜说话而且你不想吵醒其他人。调整下面的进度条，当你说话的时候上其保持在绿色的区域而你没说话时保持在蓝色的区域。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Next you need to adjust the following slider. The first few utterances you say should end up in the empty area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the striped (might be speech) and when you&apos;re not talking, everything should be in the crisscrossed (definitively not speech).</source>
        <comment>For high contrast mode</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">接下来你需要调整下面的滑杆，首先你大声说话的时候应该保持在绿色的范围内(可靠的说话)。而你小声说话的时候应该保持在黄色的区域内(可能是在说话)；而当你没说话的时候应该保持在红色的区域内(确定没有说话)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>In this configuration Mumble will use a &lt;b&gt;low amount of bandwidth&lt;/b&gt;. This will inevitably result in high latency and poor quality. Choose this only if your connection cannot handle the other settings. (16kbit/s, 60ms per packet)</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is the &lt;b&gt;recommended default&lt;/b&gt; configuration. It provides a good balance between quality, latency, and bandwidth usage. (40kbit/s, 20ms per packet)</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This configuration is only recommended for use in setups where bandwidth is not an issue, like a LAN. It provides the lowest latency supported by Mumble and &lt;b&gt;high quality&lt;/b&gt;. (72kbit/s, 10ms per packet)</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>BanEditor</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="BanEditor.ui"/>
        <source>Mumble - Edit Bans</source>
        <translation>Mumble- 编辑屏蔽列表</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Address</source>
        <translation>地址(&amp;A)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Mask</source>
        <translation>编码(&amp;M)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Reason</source>
        <translation>原因</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Start</source>
        <translation>开始</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>End</source>
        <translation>结束</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>User</source>
        <translation>用户</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Hash</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Add</source>
        <translation>添加(&amp;A)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Update</source>
        <translation>更新(&amp;U)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Remove</source>
        <translation>删除(&amp;R)</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>CertView</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="Cert.cpp" line="+53"/>
        <source>Name</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">姓名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>Email</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>Issuer</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">颁发者</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>Expiry Date</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">失效日期</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+34"/>
        <source>(none)</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+11"/>
        <source>Self-signed</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">自签名</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>CertWizard</name>
    <message>
        <location line="+90"/>
        <source>Resolving domain %1.</source>
        <translation>确定 %1 的范围。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>Unable to validate email.&lt;br /&gt;Enter a valid (or blank) email to continue.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">不是有效的 email。&lt;br /&gt;请输入一个有效的 email (或者留空)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+8"/>
        <source>There was an error generating your certificate.&lt;br /&gt;Please try again.</source>
        <translation>生成证书时产生错误。&lt;br /&gt;请重试。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+8"/>
        <source>Your certificate and key could not be exported to PKCS#12 format. There might be an error in your certificate.</source>
        <translation>你的证书和密钥无法导出为PKCS#12格式。你的证书可能存在错误。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>The file could not be opened for writing. Please use another file.</source>
        <translation>文件无法打开并写入。请选择其他文件。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>The file could not be written successfully. Please use another file.</source>
        <translation>文件无法成功写入。请选择其他文件。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>The file could not be opened for reading. Please use another file.</source>
        <translation>文件无法打开或读取。选择其他文件。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>The file is empty or could not be read. Please use another file.</source>
        <translation>文件为空或不可读。请选择其他文件。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>The file did not contain a valid certificate and key. Please use another file.</source>
        <translation>该文件未包含有效的证书和密钥，请选择其他文件。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+22"/>
        <source>Select file to export certificate to</source>
        <translation>选择证书要导出到的文件</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+37"/>
        <source>Select file to import certificate from</source>
        <translation>选择要导入到证书窗口的文件</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+57"/>
        <source>Unable to resolve domain.</source>
        <translation>无法确定范围。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+43"/>
        <source>Mumble User</source>
        <translation>Mumble 用户</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="main.cpp" line="+454"/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Certificate Expiry:&lt;/b&gt; Your certificate is about to expire. You need to renew it, or you will no longer be able to connect to servers you are registered on.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;证书到期：&lt;/b&gt; 你的证书已经到期。你需要重新生成一个新的证书，否则将无法连接到服务器。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>Certificates</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="Cert.ui"/>
        <source>Certificate Management</source>
        <translation>证书管理</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Certificate Authentication</source>
        <translation>证书验证</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Authenticating to servers without using passwords</source>
        <translation>不使用密码向服务器进行认证</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Current certificate</source>
        <translation>当前证书</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is the certificate Mumble currently uses.</source>
        <translation>Mumble当前正在使用的证书。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Current Certificate</source>
        <translation>当前证书</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Create a new certificate</source>
        <translation>创建新证书</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This will create a new certificate.</source>
        <translation>创建一个新的证书。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Import certificate from file</source>
        <translation>从文件导入证书</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This will import a certificate from file.</source>
        <translation>从文件导入一个证书。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Import a certificate</source>
        <translation>导入证书</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Export Certificate</source>
        <translation>导出证书</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This will export a certificate to file.</source>
        <translation>导出一个证书到文件。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Export current certificate</source>
        <translation>导出当前证书</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Import Certificate</source>
        <translation>导入证书</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>PKCS #12 Certificate import</source>
        <translation>导入 PKS #12 证书</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;Mumble can import certificates stored in PKCS #12 format. This is the format used when exporting a key from Mumble, and also when exporting keys from Firefox, Internet Explorer, Opera etc.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;If the file is password protected, you will need the password to import the certificate.&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <oldsource>&lt;p&gt;Mumble can import certificates stored in PKCS #12 format. This is the format used when exporting a key from Mumble, and also when exporting keys from FireFox, Internet Explorer, Opera etc.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;If the file is password protected, you will need the password to import the certificate.&lt;/p&gt;</oldsource>
        <translation>&lt;p&gt;Mumble可以导入一个被存储为 PKCS #2 格式的证书。这个格式的证书不仅可以由Mumble导入，而且也可以由 Firefox, Internet Explorer, Opera 等浏览器导出。&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;如果文件是被密码保护的，你需要输入密码才能导入证书。&lt;/p&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Import from</source>
        <translation>导入自</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Filename to import from</source>
        <translation>导入证书的文件名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is the filename you wish to import a certificate from.</source>
        <translation>你需要导入的证书的文件名。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Select file to import from</source>
        <translation>选择需要导入的文件</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This opens a file selection dialog to choose a file to import a certificate from.</source>
        <translation>打开一个对话框以选择需要导入的证书。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Open...</source>
        <translation>打开...</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Password</source>
        <translation>密码</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Password for PKCS#12 file</source>
        <translation>PKCS#12 证书的密码</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is the password for the PKCS#12 file containing your certificate.</source>
        <translation>这是包含你的证书的PKCS#12 文件的密码。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Certificate to import</source>
        <translation>导入的证书</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is the certificate you are importing.</source>
        <translation>你将要导入的证书。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Certificate Details</source>
        <translation>证书详情</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Replace Certificate</source>
        <translation>替换证书</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Replace existing certificate with new certificate?</source>
        <translation>用新的证书替换已存在的证书。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;You already have a certificate stored in Mumble, and you are about to replace it.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you are upgrading to a certificate issued to you by a trusted CA and the email addresses match your current certificate, this is completely safe, and servers you connect to will automatically recognize the strong certificate for your email address.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If this is not the case, you will no longer be recognized by any server you previously have authenticated with. If you haven&apos;t been registered on any server yet, this is nothing to worry about.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate?
&lt;/p&gt;
</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">&lt;p&gt;你已经在Mumble中保存了一个证书，并且你现在将要替换它。&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;如果你通过一个可信任CA升级了你的证书认证并且证书的使用的email符合你当前的证书，这是完全安全的，而且你连接到的服务器会自动根据你的email地址识别这个强证书。
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;如果情况不是这样的，你将不会不会被所有你已经通过认证的服务器认可。如果你还没有在任何服务器注册，那将没有任何影响。
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
确定要替换证书？
&lt;/p&gt;
</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. It will be replaced.</source>
        <translation>Mumble当前正在使用的证书。它将被替换。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>New certificate</source>
        <translation>新证书</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is the new certificate that will replace the old one.</source>
        <translation>将用新的证书替换以前的证书。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>New Certificate</source>
        <translation>新证书</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Make a backup of your certificate</source>
        <translation>创建证书的备份</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Export to</source>
        <translation>导出</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Filename to export to</source>
        <translation>到处到文件</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is the filename you wish to export a certificate to.</source>
        <translation>你希望将证书导出为的文件名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Save As...</source>
        <translation>保存为...</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. It will be exported.</source>
        <translation>这是你当前正在使用的证书。他将被导出。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Generate a new certificate for strong authentication</source>
        <translation>生成一个强认证的证书</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;Mumble will now generate a strong certificate for authentication to servers.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you wish, you may provide some additional information to be stored in the certificate, which will be presented to servers when you connect. If you provide a valid email address, you can upgrade to a CA issued email certificate later on, which provides strong identification.&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">&lt;p&gt;Mumble 现在将生成一个到服务器的强认证证书。&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;如果你希望这样做，你需要在证书里添加一些信息，这些信息将帮助服务器对你的连接进行认证。如果你拥有一个有效的 email 地址，你可以向一个CA认证机构申请一个强认证的证书。&lt;/p&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Name</source>
        <translation>姓名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Email</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Your email address (e.g. johndoe@mumble.info)</source>
        <translation>你的 email 地址(例如：johndoe@mumble.info)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is your email address. It is strongly recommended to provide a valid email address, as this will allow you to upgrade to a strong certificate without authentication problems.</source>
        <translation>你的 email 地址。强烈推荐使用有效的邮件地址，否则肯能会在申请强认证的时候遇到问题。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Your name (e.g. John Doe)</source>
        <translation>你的名字(例如：John Doe))</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is your name, and will be filled out in the certificate. This field is entirely optional.</source>
        <translation>你希望填写到证书里的名字。这完全是可选的。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Finish</source>
        <translation>结束</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Certificate-based authentication is ready for use</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">证书——准备使用基本认证</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enjoy using Mumble with strong authentication.</source>
        <translation>以强认证方式使用 Mumble.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Automatic certificate creation</source>
        <translation>自动创建证书</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;Mumble can use certificates to authenticate with servers. Using certificates avoids passwords, meaning you don&apos;t need to disclose any password to the remote site. It also enables very easy user registration.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;While Mumble can work without certificates, the majority of servers will expect you to have one.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
It is &lt;b&gt;strongly&lt;/b&gt; recommended that you &lt;a href=&quot;http://mumble.info/certificate.php&quot;&gt;create a trusted certificate&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;/p&gt;
</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">&lt;p&gt;Mumble 允许你使用证书想服务器认证。使用证书可以避免输入密码，这意味着你不需要远程输入任何密码。这也可以提供一种快捷的注册方式。&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt; Mumble可以在没有证书的情况下使用，但是有时服务器会要求你拥有一个证书。&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;b&gt;强烈&lt;/b&gt; 向你推荐&lt;a href=&quot;http://mumble.info/certificate.php&quot;&gt;create a trusted certificate&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;/p&gt;
</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;If you ever lose your current certificate, which will happen if your computer suffers a hardware failure or you reinstall your machine, you will no longer be able to authenticate to any server you are registered on. It is therefore &lt;b&gt;mandatory&lt;/b&gt; that you make a backup of your certificate. We strongly recommend you store this backup on removable storage, such as a USB flash drive.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Note that this file will not be encrypted, and if anyone gains access to it, they will be able to impersonate you, so take good care of it.&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">&lt;p&gt;如果你丢失了当前的证书，这通常会在你的电脑硬件故障或者你装新安装了操作系统时发生，你将无法被你已经注册过的服务器认证。这是&lt;b&gt;强制性的&lt;/b&gt; 。你可以制作一个证书的备份。我们强烈建议你将备份存储到可以动设备中，例如U盘。&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;注意：这个文件不是加密的，如果其他人获得其中的内容，他们将可以冒充你，所以请小心保管。&lt;/p&gt;</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ChanACL</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="../ACL.cpp" line="+230"/>
        <source>None</source>
        <translation>无</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Traverse</source>
        <translation>通过</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Enter</source>
        <translation>进入</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Speak</source>
        <translation>说话</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Mute/Deafen</source>
        <translation>关闭麦克风/扬声器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Make channel</source>
        <translation>创建频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Make temporary</source>
        <translation>创建临时频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Link channel</source>
        <translation>链接频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-87"/>
        <source>This represents no privileges.</source>
        <translation>这将不赋予任何权限。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>This represents total access to the channel, including the ability to change group and ACL information. This privilege implies all other privileges.</source>
        <translation>允许对频道拥有完全控制，包括改变分组和ACL信息。这个权限包含了所有其他权限。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>This represents the permission to traverse the channel. If a user is denied this privilege, he will be unable to access this channel and any sub-channels in any way, regardless of other permissions in the sub-channels.</source>
        <translation>允许通过频道。如果一个用户不具有这个权限，他将无法进入这个频道和所有的子频道，即便他具有子频道的其他权限。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>This represents the permission to join the channel. If you have a hierarchical channel structure, you might want to give everyone Traverse, but restrict Enter in the root of your hierarchy.</source>
        <translation>允许进入这个频道。如果你拥有较高层的频道，你可能会允许所有人通过，但是限制进入你的根频道的人。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>This represents the permission to speak in a channel. Users without this privilege will be suppressed by the server (seen as muted), and will be unable to speak until they are unmuted by someone with the appropriate privileges.</source>
        <translation>允许用户在频道说话。用户如果没有这个权限，将无法在这个频道说话，直到被某个具有权限的人打开麦克风。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>This represents the permission to whisper to this channel from the outside. This works exactly like the &lt;i&gt;speak&lt;/i&gt; privilege, but applies to packets spoken with the Whisper key held down. This may be used to broadcast to a hierarchy of channels without linking.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">允许频道外面的用户对频道说悄悄话。这和权限 &lt;i&gt;说话&lt;/i&gt; 类似。不过是当用户按下悄悄话按键的时候才有效。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>This represents the permission to mute and deafen other users. Once muted, a user will stay muted until he is unmuted by another privileged user or reconnects to the server.</source>
        <translation>允许用户关闭其他用户的麦克风和扬声器。一旦被关闭了麦克风，用户将一直处于麦克风关闭状态，直到被其他有权限的用户打开或者重新连接到服务器。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>This represents the permission to move a user to another channel or kick him from the server. To actually move the user, either the moving user must have Move privileges in the destination channel, or the user must normally be allowed to enter the channel. Users with this privilege can move users into channels the target user normally wouldn&apos;t have permission to enter.</source>
        <translation>允许将一个用户移动到一个频道或者踢出服务器。对于移动操作，同时需要移动者拥有目标频道移动权限或者被移动者具有进入目标频道的权限。拥有这个权限的用户可以将没有进入某个频道的权限的用户移动到该频道。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>This represents the permission to make sub-channels. The user making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel.</source>
        <translation>允许创建一个子频道。用户可以创建一个子频道并且被加入子频道的管理员组。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>This represents the permission to make a temporary subchannel. The user making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. Temporary channels are not stored and disappear when the last user leaves.</source>
        <translation>允许用户创建一个临时子频道。用户可以创建一个临时子频道并被加入管理员组。临时频道不会一直存在，当最后一个用户离开后，临时频道就会消失。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>This represents the permission to link channels. Users in linked channels hear each other, as long as the speaking user has the &lt;i&gt;speak&lt;/i&gt; privilege in the channel of the listener. You need the link privilege in both channels to create a link, but just in either channel to remove it.</source>
        <translation>允许链接到频道。只要说话的用户拥有频道里的说话权限，处于被链接的频道的用户可以听到彼此的说话。你需要同时拥有两个频道的链接权限才能创建一个链接，但是只要拥有其中一个频道的链接权限就是删除这个链接。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>This represents the permission to write text messages to other users in this channel.</source>
        <translation>允许在频道内发送文字消息给其他用户。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>This represents the permission to forcibly remove users from the server.</source>
        <translation>允许强制用户离开服务器。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>This represents the permission to permanently remove users from the server.</source>
        <translation>允许永久阻止用户进入服务器。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>This represents the permission to register and unregister users on the server.</source>
        <translation>允许在服务器上注册用户和取消用户的注册。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>This represents the permission to register oneself on the server.</source>
        <translation>允许用户在服务器上注册。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+31"/>
        <source>Whisper</source>
        <translation>悄悄话</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Move</source>
        <translation>移动</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+8"/>
        <source>Text message</source>
        <translation>文字信息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Kick</source>
        <translation>踢出</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Ban</source>
        <translation>屏蔽</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Register User</source>
        <translation>注册用户</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Register Self</source>
        <translation>注册自己</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-28"/>
        <source>Write ACL</source>
        <translation>编辑ACL</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ChatbarTextEdit</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="CustomElements.cpp" line="+108"/>
        <source>Paste and &amp;Send</source>
        <oldsource>Paste and send</oldsource>
        <translation type="unfinished">粘贴并发送</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+25"/>
        <source>&lt;center&gt;Type chat message here&lt;/center&gt;</source>
        <translation>&lt;center&gt;在这里输入聊天信息&lt;/center&gt;</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ClientUser</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="ClientUser.cpp" line="+134"/>
        <source>Friend</source>
        <translation>好友</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Authenticated</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">认证用户</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Priority speaker</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">优先发言</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Recording</source>
        <translation>录音</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Muted (server)</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">关闭麦克风(服务器)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Deafened (server)</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">关闭扬声器(服务器)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Local Ignore (Text messages)</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Local Mute</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">本地关闭麦克风</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Muted (self)</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">关闭麦克风(自己)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Deafened (self)</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">关闭扬声器(自己)</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ConfigDialog</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="ConfigDialog.cpp" line="+55"/>
        <source>Accept changes</source>
        <translation>接受修改</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>This button will accept current settings and return to the application.&lt;br /&gt;The settings will be stored to disk when you leave the application.</source>
        <translation>这个按钮将接受当前的设置并返回程序。&lt;br /&gt; 当你退出时，这些设置将被保存到硬盘。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Reject changes</source>
        <translation>拒绝修改</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>This button will reject all changes and return to the application.&lt;br /&gt;The settings will be reset to the previous positions.</source>
        <translation>这个按钮将拒绝所有的改变并返回程序。&lt;br /&gt;设置将被重置为上一个状态。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Apply changes</source>
        <translation>接受修改</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>This button will immediately apply all changes.</source>
        <translation>这个按钮将立即应用所有的改变。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Undo changes for current page</source>
        <translation>不对当前页做任何改变</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>This button will revert any changes done on the current page to the most recent applied settings.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">这个按钮将恢复这个页面所做的所有改变。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Restore defaults for current page</source>
        <translation>将当前也存储为默认值</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>This button will restore the defaults for the settings on the current page. Other pages will not be changed.&lt;br /&gt;To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page.</source>
        <oldsource>This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will not be changed.&lt;br /&gt;To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page.</oldsource>
        <translation type="unfinished">这个按钮将保存当前页的配置为默认值。其他页不会改变。&lt;br /&gt;你可以通过对每个页面使用这个按钮以保存所有的设定作为他们的默认值。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="ConfigDialog.ui"/>
        <source>Mumble Configuration</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">Mumble-配置</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Advanced</source>
        <translation>高级</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ConnectDialog</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="ConnectDialog.cpp" line="+906"/>
        <source>Connecting to %1</source>
        <translation>连接到 %1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-515"/>
        <location line="+515"/>
        <source>Enter username</source>
        <translation>输入用户名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-515"/>
        <source>Adding host %1</source>
        <translation>添加主机 %1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="ConnectDialog.ui"/>
        <location filename="ConnectDialog.cpp" line="+61"/>
        <source>Servername</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">服务器名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="ConnectDialog.cpp" line="+1"/>
        <source>Hostname</source>
        <translation>主机名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Bonjour name</source>
        <translation>Bonjour 名称</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Port</source>
        <translation>端口</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Addresses</source>
        <translation>地址</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Website</source>
        <translation>网页</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Packet loss</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Ping (80%)</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>%1 ms</source>
        <translation>%1 毫秒</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <source>Ping (95%)</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Bandwidth</source>
        <translation>带宽</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <source>%1 kbit/s</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+293"/>
        <source>&amp;Connect</source>
        <translation>连接(&amp;C)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+46"/>
        <source>&amp;Filters</source>
        <translation>过滤(&amp;F)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="ConnectDialog.ui"/>
        <location filename="ConnectDialog.cpp" line="-338"/>
        <source>Users</source>
        <translation>用户数</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="ConnectDialog.cpp" line="+1"/>
        <source>Version</source>
        <translation>版本</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1015"/>
        <source>Failed to fetch server list</source>
        <translation>获取服务器列表失败</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="ConnectDialog.ui"/>
        <source>Mumble Server Connect</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">连接到 Mumber 服务器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Ping</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Remove from Favorites</source>
        <translation>从收藏夹删除</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Add custom server</source>
        <translation>添加自定义服务器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Show all servers that respond to ping</source>
        <translation>显示所有响应了ping 的服务器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Show all servers with users</source>
        <translation>显示所有有用户的服务器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Show all servers</source>
        <translation>显示所有服务器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Copy</source>
        <translation>复制(&amp;C)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Copy favorite link to clipboard</source>
        <translation>复制收藏夹到剪切板</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Paste</source>
        <translation>站提(&amp;P)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Paste favorite from clipboard</source>
        <translation>从剪切板粘贴到收藏夹</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <location filename="ConnectDialog.cpp" line="-716"/>
        <source>&amp;Edit...</source>
        <translation>编辑(&amp;E)...</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <location filename="ConnectDialog.cpp" line="-6"/>
        <source>&amp;Add New...</source>
        <translation>添加(&amp;A)...</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Add to &amp;Favorites</source>
        <translation>添加到收藏夹(&amp;F)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Open &amp;Webpage</source>
        <translation>打开网页(&amp;W)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Show &amp;Reachable</source>
        <translation>显示可到达的服务器(&amp;R)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Show &amp;Populated</source>
        <translation>显示有用户在线的服务器(&amp;P)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Show &amp;All</source>
        <translation>显示全部服务器(&amp;A)</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ConnectDialogEdit</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="ConnectDialogEdit.ui"/>
        <source>Edit Server</source>
        <translation>编辑服务器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Name of the server</source>
        <translation>服务器名称</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>A&amp;ddress</source>
        <translation>地址(&amp;d)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Internet address of the server.</source>
        <oldsource>Internet address of the server. </oldsource>
        <translation>服务器的 Internet 地址。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Address&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
Internet address of the server. This can be a normal hostname, an IPv4/IPv6 address or a Bonjour service identifier. Bonjour service identifiers have to be prefixed with a &apos;@&apos; to be recognized by Mumble.</source>
        <oldsource>&lt;b&gt;Address&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/br&gt;
Internet address of the server. This can be a normal hostname, an ipv4/6 address or a bonjour service identifier. Bonjour service identifiers have to be prefixed with a &apos;@&apos; to be recognized by Mumble.</oldsource>
        <translation type="unfinished">&lt;b&gt;地址&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
服务器的Internet地址。这可以是一个普通的主机名、IPv4/IPv6地址 或者是Bonjour服务编号。Bonjour service identifiers have to be prefixed with a &apos;@&apos; to be recognized by Mumble.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Port</source>
        <translation>端口(&amp;P)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Port on which the server is listening</source>
        <translation>服务器所使用的监听端口</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Port&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
Port on which the server is listening. If the server is identified by a Bonjour service identifier this field will be ignored.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;端口&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
服务器所使用的监听端口。如果服务器是一个Bonjour服务编号，这个区域会被忽略。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Username</source>
        <translation>用户名(&amp;U)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Username to send to the server</source>
        <translation>发送到服务器的用户名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Username&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions on how a username might look like. Also your username could already be taken by another user.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">&lt;b&gt;用户名&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
发送到服务器的用户名。注意服务器可以通过用户名来限制登录。同样你的用户名也可以被另一个用户标记。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Label</source>
        <translation>显示</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="ConnectDialog.cpp" line="-75"/>
        <source>Add Server</source>
        <translation>添加服务器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="ConnectDialogEdit.ui"/>
        <source>Password</source>
        <translation>密码</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Password to send to the server</source>
        <translation>发送到服务器的密码</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Password&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
Password to be sent to the server on connect. This password is needed when connecting as &lt;i&gt;SuperUser&lt;/i&gt; or to a server using password authentication. If not entered here the password will be queried on connect.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;密码&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
当连接服务器时发动到服务器的密码。这个密码是当以&lt;i&gt;超级用户&lt;/i&gt;链接到服务器时是哟你的密码验证。如果没有在这里输入，当连接到服务器时会被要求输入密码。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Show password</source>
        <translation>显示密码</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Label&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
Label of the server. This is what the server will be named like in your server list and can be chosen freely.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">&lt;b&gt;显示&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
服务器的显示。这是显示到你的服务器列表并可以被自由选择的名字。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>CoreAudioSystem</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="CoreAudio.cpp" line="+87"/>
        <source>Default Device</source>
        <translation>默认设备</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>CrashReporter</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="CrashReporter.cpp" line="+40"/>
        <source>Mumble Crash Report</source>
        <translation>Mumble 崩溃报告</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;We&apos;re terribly sorry, but it seems Mumble has crashed. Do you want to send a crash report to the Mumble developers?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The crash report contains a partial copy of Mumble&apos;s memory at the time it crashed, and will help the developers fix the problem.&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;我们非常抱歉的告诉你，Mumble发生了崩溃。你是否需要发送崩溃报告到Mumble开发组？&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;这个报告中包含了一份Mumble崩溃时的内存快照，这可以帮助开发者更好修复错误。&lt;/p&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+8"/>
        <source>Email address (optional)</source>
        <translation>Email地址(选填)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+9"/>
        <source>Please describe briefly, in English, what you were doing at the time of the crash</source>
        <oldsource>Please briefly describe what you were doing at the time of the crash</oldsource>
        <translation type="unfinished">请用英语简单的描述崩溃时您的操作</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>Send Report</source>
        <translation>发送报告</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Don&apos;t send report</source>
        <translation>不发送报告</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+24"/>
        <source>Crash upload successful</source>
        <translation>崩溃报告上传成功</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <source>Thank you for helping make Mumble better!</source>
        <translation>感谢你帮助Mumble变得更好！</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Crash upload failed</source>
        <translation>崩溃报告上传失败</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-2"/>
        <source>We&apos;re really sorry, but it appears the crash upload has failed with error %1 %2. Please inform a developer.</source>
        <translation>非常抱歉，发送崩溃报告因错误%1 %2 而失败。请通知开发者。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>This really isn&apos;t funny, but apparently there&apos;s a bug in the crash reporting code, and we&apos;ve failed to upload the report. You may inform a developer about error %1</source>
        <translation>这一点也不好玩，由于崩溃报告代码中存在漏洞，素以无法成功发送报告。你可以将错误 %1 通知开发者</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+102"/>
        <source>Uploading crash report</source>
        <translation>崩溃报告上传中</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <source>Abort upload</source>
        <translation>取消上传</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>DXAudioInput</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="DirectSound.cpp" line="+173"/>
        <source>Default DirectSound Voice Input</source>
        <translation>默认 DirectSound 声音输入</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+451"/>
        <source>Opening chosen DirectSound Input device failed. No microphone capture will be done.</source>
        <translation>打开选择的DirectSound输入设备失败。无法执行麦克风抓取。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-83"/>
        <source>Opening chosen DirectSound Input failed. Default device will be used.</source>
        <translation>打开选择的DirectSound输入设备失败。将使用默认设备。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+78"/>
        <source>Lost DirectSound input device.</source>
        <translation>DirectSound输入设备丢失。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>DXAudioOutput</name>
    <message>
        <location line="-486"/>
        <source>Default DirectSound Voice Output</source>
        <translation>默认DirectSound声音输出</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+243"/>
        <source>Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. Default device will be used.</source>
        <translation>打开所选DirectSound输出失败。将使用默认设备。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+73"/>
        <source>Lost DirectSound output device.</source>
        <translation>DirectSound 输出设备丢失。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. No audio will be heard.</source>
        <translation>打开选择的 DirectSound 输出失败。将无法听到声音。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>Database</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="Database.cpp" line="+89"/>
        <source>Mumble failed to initialize a database in any
of the possible locations.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">Mumble 初始化本地数据库失败。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>The database &apos;%1&apos; is read-only. Mumble cannot store server settings (i.e. SSL certificates) until you fix this problem.</source>
        <oldsource>The database &apos;%1&apos; is read-only. Mumble can not store server settings (ie. SSL certificates) until you fix this problem.</oldsource>
        <translation>数据库‘%1&apos;’ 是只读的。在修复错误前Mumble 无将法保存服务器设置（i.e. SLL certificates）。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>DockTitleBar</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="CustomElements.cpp" line="+180"/>
        <source>Drag here</source>
        <translation>拖放到此处</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>GlobalShortcut</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="GlobalShortcut.ui"/>
        <source>Shortcuts</source>
        <translation>快捷键</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>List of configured shortcuts</source>
        <translation>已经设置的快捷键列表</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Function</source>
        <translation>操作</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Data</source>
        <translation>数据</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Shortcut</source>
        <translation>快捷键</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Suppress</source>
        <translation>抑制</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Add new shortcut</source>
        <translation>添加新的快捷键</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This will add a new global shortcut</source>
        <translation>添加一个新的全局快捷键</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Add</source>
        <translation>添加(&amp;A)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Remove selected shortcut</source>
        <translation>删除选择快捷键</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This will permanently remove a selected shortcut.</source>
        <translation>永久删除一个被选择的快捷键。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Remove</source>
        <translation>删除(&amp;R)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;html&gt;&lt;head/&gt;&lt;body&gt;&lt;p&gt;Mumble can currently only use mouse buttons and keyboard modifier keys (Alt, Ctrl, Cmd, etc.) for global shortcuts.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you want more flexibility, you can enable &lt;span style=&quot; font-style:italic;&quot;&gt;Access for assistive devices&lt;/span&gt; in the system&apos;s Accessibility preferences. However, please note that this change also potentially allows malicious programs to read what is typed on your keyboard.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/body&gt;&lt;/html&gt;</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Open Accessibility Preferences</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Skip</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enable Global Shortcuts</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>GlobalShortcutConfig</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="GlobalShortcut.cpp" line="+721"/>
        <source>Shortcuts</source>
        <translation>快捷键</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+52"/>
        <source>Shortcut button combination.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">绑定快捷键。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This is the global shortcut key combination.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Click this field and then press the desired key/button combo to rebind. Double-click to clear.</source>
        <oldsource>&lt;b&gt;This is the global shortcut key combination.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Double-click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind.</oldsource>
        <translation type="unfinished">&lt;b&gt;绑定全局快捷键。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;单击这个区域然后按下相应的 Key/button 组合以重新绑定快捷键，双击清除已绑定的快捷键。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Suppress keys from other applications</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">抑制其他应用程序的键</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This hides the button presses from other applications.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Enabling this will hide the button (or the last button of a multi-button combo) from other applications. Note that not all buttons can be suppressed.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>GlobalShortcutTarget</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="GlobalShortcutTarget.ui"/>
        <source>Whisper Target</source>
        <translation>悄悄话目标</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Whisper to list of Users</source>
        <translation>对列表的用户说悄悄话</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Channel Target</source>
        <translation>改变目标</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Restrict to Group</source>
        <translation>限制分组</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>If specified, only members of this group will receive the whisper.</source>
        <translation>如果指定，只有列表中的人才能接收到悄悄话。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>List of users</source>
        <translation>用户列表</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Add</source>
        <translation>添加</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Remove</source>
        <translation>删除</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Modifiers</source>
        <translation>调整</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Do not send positional audio information when using this whisper shortcut.</source>
        <translation>当使用快捷悄悄话方式时不发送位置语音信息。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Ignore positional audio</source>
        <translation>忽视位置语音</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Shout to Linked channels</source>
        <translation>对链接的频道大喊</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Shout to subchannels</source>
        <translation>对所有的子频道大喊</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Shout to Channel</source>
        <translation>对频道大喊</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>The whisper will also be transmitted to linked channels.</source>
        <translation>悄悄话可以发送到所有链接的频道。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>The whisper will also be sent to the subchannels of the channel target.</source>
        <translation>悄悄话可以发送到目标频道的所有子频道。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>GlobalShortcutX</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="GlobalShortcut_unix.cpp" line="+339"/>
        <source>Mouse %1</source>
        <translation>鼠标 %1</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>LCD</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="LCD.cpp" line="+282"/>
        <source>Not connected</source>
        <translation>未连接</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>LCDConfig</name>
    <message>
        <location line="-160"/>
        <source>Enable this device</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">使用该设备</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+9"/>
        <source>LCD</source>
        <translation>LCD</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="LCD.ui"/>
        <source>Form</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Devices</source>
        <translation>设备</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Name</source>
        <translation>名称</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;This is the list of available LCD devices on your system.  It lists devices by name, but also includes the size of the display. Mumble supports outputting to several LCD devices at a time.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Size:&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixels (for Graphic LCDs) or in characters (for Character LCDs).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Enabled:&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This decides whether Mumble should draw to a particular LCD device.&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <translation>&lt;p&gt;这是一个你系统上的可用LCD设备的列表。  这里列出了设备的名称、显示的尺寸。Mumble支持在同一时间输出到多个LCD设备。&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;大小：&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
这个区域显示了LCD设备的尺寸大小。这个尺寸用像素或者英寸表示。&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;可用：&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mumble是否显示到该LCD设备上。&lt;/p&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Size</source>
        <translation>大小</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enabled</source>
        <translation>可用</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Views</source>
        <translation>显示</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Minimum Column Width</source>
        <translation>最小列宽</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;This option decides the minimum width a column in the User View.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If too many people are speaking at once, the User View will split itself into columns. You can use this option to pick a compromise between number of users shown on the LCD, and width of user names.&lt;/p&gt;
</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">&lt;p&gt;这个选项定义了用户显示时一列的最小的宽度&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;如果太多的用户同一时间说话。用户显示会被分割成不同的列。你可以他哦难过这个选项来调整LCD上可以显示的用户数量以及他们的名字的宽度。&lt;/p&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This setting decides the width of column splitter.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">设定列分割条的宽度。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Splitter Width</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">分割条宽度</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>Log</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="Log.cpp" line="+200"/>
        <source>Debug</source>
        <translation>调试</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Critical</source>
        <translation>危险</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Warning</source>
        <translation>警告</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Information</source>
        <translation>信息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Server Connected</source>
        <translation>已连接到服务器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Server Disconnected</source>
        <translation>和服务器的连接断开</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>You self-muted/deafened</source>
        <translation>你自己的操作——关闭麦克风/扬声器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Other self-muted/deafened</source>
        <translation>他人自己的操作——关闭麦克风/扬声器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>Permission Denied</source>
        <translation>不允许</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Text Message</source>
        <translation>文字消息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-13"/>
        <source>User Joined Server</source>
        <translation>用户进入服务器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>User Left Server</source>
        <translation>用户离开服务器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>User recording state changed</source>
        <translation>用户录音状态改变</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>User kicked (you or by you)</source>
        <translation>用户被踢出(你或者被你)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>User kicked</source>
        <translation>用户被踢出</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>User muted (you)</source>
        <translation>你的麦克风被关闭</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>User muted (by you)</source>
        <translation>用户的麦克风被关闭</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>User muted (other)</source>
        <translation>用户的麦克风被关闭(其他人)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>User Joined Channel</source>
        <translation>用户进入频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>User Left Channel</source>
        <translation>用户离开频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+59"/>
        <source>the server</source>
        <translation>服务器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+117"/>
        <source>[[ Text object too large to display ]]</source>
        <translation>[[ 文字元件太大而无法显示 ]]</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+47"/>
        <source>[Date changed to %1]
</source>
        <translation>[日期变更为 %1]
</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+66"/>
        <source>link to %1</source>
        <translation>链接到 %1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>ftp link to %1</source>
        <translation>ftp 链接到 %1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>player link</source>
        <translation>播放器链接</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>channel link</source>
        <translation>频道链接</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>%1 link</source>
        <translation>%1 链接</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>LogConfig</name>
    <message>
        <location line="-440"/>
        <source>Toggle console for %1 events</source>
        <translation>将事件 %1 关联到控制台</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events</source>
        <translation>将事件 %1 关联到弹出通知</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events</source>
        <translation>将事件 %1 关联到语音播报</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events</source>
        <translation>将事件 %1 关联到提示音</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Path to sound file used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events&lt;br /&gt;Single click to play&lt;br /&gt;Double-click to change</source>
        <translation>为事件 %1 的提示音选择一个声音文件&lt;br /&gt;单击播放&lt;br /&gt;双击改变</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Click here to toggle console output for %1 events.&lt;br /&gt;If checked, this option makes Mumble output all %1 events in its message log.</source>
        <translation>点击这里为事件 %1 设置控制输出。&lt;br /&gt;如果选择这个选项，Mumble将输出所有事件 %1 到信息日志。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.&lt;br /&gt;If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by Mumble for every %1 event.</source>
        <oldsource>Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.&lt;br /&gt;If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by mumble for every %1 event.</oldsource>
        <translation>点击这里将事件 %1 关联到弹出式消息提示。&lt;br /&gt;如果这个选项被选中，Mumble会为所有 %1 事件创建一个弹出消息。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Path to sound file used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.&lt;br /&gt;Single click to play&lt;br /&gt;Double-click to change&lt;br /&gt;Ensure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect.</source>
        <translation>为事件 %1 选择用于提示音的声音文件。&lt;br /&gt;单击播放&lt;br /&gt;双击改变&lt;br /&gt;确认这些事件已经开启声音提示并且没有设置其他的效果。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-2"/>
        <source>Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.&lt;br /&gt;If checked, Mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for sound files. Text-To-Speech and sound files cannot be used at the same time.</source>
        <oldsource>Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.&lt;br /&gt;If checked, Mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time.</oldsource>
        <translation>点击这里将事件 %1 关联到语音播报。&lt;br /&gt;一旦选择，语音提示会将事件 %1 读出给你。语音提示也能够读出并不包含在声音文件里的事件内容。语音提示和声音文件不能同时启用。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.&lt;br /&gt;If checked, Mumble uses a sound file predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Sound files and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time.</source>
        <oldsource>Path to soundfile used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.&lt;br /&gt;Single click to play&lt;br /&gt;Doubleclick to change&lt;br /&gt;Be sure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect.</oldsource>
        <translation>点击这里将事件 %1 绑定到提示音。&lt;br /&gt;如果选择，Mumble会使用播放指定的声音文件提示事件 %1 。声音文件和语音播报不能同时启用。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="Log.ui"/>
        <source>Messages</source>
        <translation>消息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Message</source>
        <translation>消息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Console</source>
        <translation>控制台</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Notification</source>
        <translation>提示</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Text-To-Speech</source>
        <translation>语音播报</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Soundfile</source>
        <translation>声音文件</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Path</source>
        <translation>路径</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Text To Speech</source>
        <translation>语音播报</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Volume</source>
        <translation>音量</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Volume of Text-To-Speech Engine</source>
        <translation>语音播报启用的音量</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This is the volume used for the speech synthesis.&lt;/b&gt;</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;设置语音合成的音量&lt;/b&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Length threshold</source>
        <translation>长度限制</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Message length threshold for Text-To-Speech Engine</source>
        <translation>设置语音播放的信息长度</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This is the length threshold used for the Text-To-Speech Engine.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Messages longer than this limit will not be read aloud in their full length.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;设置语音播报的信息的长度&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;超过这个长度限制的信息将不会被播报全部内容。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source> Characters</source>
        <translation>字符</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Whisper</source>
        <translation>悄悄话</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>If checked you will only hear whispers from users you added to your friend list.</source>
        <translation>如果你选择这个选项你将只能听到你的好友列表里的用户给你发送的悄悄话。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Only accept whispers from friends</source>
        <translation>只接受好友的悄悄话</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>If enabled text messages you send will be read back to you with TTS</source>
        <translation>如果允许这个选项，发送给你的信息将通过语音播报读出</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Read back own messages</source>
        <translation>阅读给我的消息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Chat Log</source>
        <translation>聊天记录</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Maximum chat length</source>
        <translation>最大字符长度</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Unlimited</source>
        <translation>无限制</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source> Lines</source>
        <translation> 行</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>LookConfig</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="LookConfig.cpp" line="+55"/>
        <location line="+11"/>
        <source>System default</source>
        <translation>系统默认</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>None</source>
        <translation>不展开</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Only with users</source>
        <translation>仅有用户时</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>All</source>
        <translation>全部</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Ask</source>
        <translation>询问</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Do Nothing</source>
        <translation>无动作</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Move</source>
        <translation>移动</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>User Interface</source>
        <translation>用户界面</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+133"/>
        <source>Choose skin file</source>
        <translation>选择皮肤文件</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="LookConfig.ui"/>
        <source>This sets which channels to automatically expand. &lt;i&gt;None&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;All&lt;/i&gt; will expand no or all channels, while &lt;i&gt;Only with users&lt;/i&gt; will expand and collapse channels as users join and leave them.</source>
        <translation>设置频道的自动展开。&lt;i&gt;不展开&lt;/i&gt; 和 &lt;i&gt;全部展开&lt;/i&gt;将展开或不展开所有频道。&lt;i&gt;仅有用户时&lt;/i&gt; 将展开在用户加入或离开他们时自动展开或收缩。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>List users above subchannels (requires restart).</source>
        <translation>将用户显示在子频道上方(需要重启)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;If set, users will be shown above subchannels in the channel view.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A restart of Mumble is required to see the change.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;如果设置，这个频道的用户将显示在子频道的上方。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;这个该表需要重启 Mumble 才能生效。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Users above Channels</source>
        <translation>用户在频道上方</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;If set, will verify you want to quit if connected.&lt;/b&gt;</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;如果设置，如托退出时已经连接将发出确认通知。&lt;/b&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Show number of users in each channel</source>
        <translation>显示每个频道的用户数</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Show channel user count</source>
        <translation>显示频道用户数</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Language</source>
        <translation>语言</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Language to use (requires restart)</source>
        <translation>将使用的语言(需要重启)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This sets which language Mumble should use.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You have to restart Mumble to use the new language.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;设置 Mumble 将使用的语言&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;你需要重启才能使用新的语言。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Look and Feel</source>
        <translation>外观和体验</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Layout</source>
        <translation>布局</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Classic</source>
        <translation>经典</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Stacked</source>
        <translation>堆叠</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Hybrid</source>
        <translation>混合</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Custom</source>
        <translation>自定义</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This changes the behavior when moving channels.</source>
        <translation>改变移动一个频道时的行为。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This sets the behavior of channel drags; it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. &lt;i&gt;Move&lt;/i&gt; moves the channel without prompting. &lt;i&gt;Do Nothing&lt;/i&gt; does nothing and prints an error message. &lt;i&gt;Ask&lt;/i&gt; uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel.</source>
        <oldsource>This sets the behavior of channel drags; it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. &lt;i&gt;Move Channel&lt;/i&gt; moves the channel without prompting. &lt;i&gt;Do Nothing&lt;/i&gt; does nothing and prints an error message. &lt;i&gt;Ask&lt;/i&gt; uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel.</oldsource>
        <translation>设置当一个频道被拖动时的行为，可以防止意外的拖动。&lt;i&gt;移动&lt;/i&gt; 立刻移动频道而不需要任何确认；&lt;i&gt;无动作&lt;/i&gt; 不做任何改变并显示一个错误信息。&lt;i&gt;询问&lt;/i&gt; 弹出一个消息框以确认是发哦要移动频道。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Style</source>
        <translation>央视</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Basic widget style</source>
        <translation>基本控件样式</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This sets the basic look and feel to use.&lt;/b&gt;</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;外观所采用的基本的控件样式。&lt;/b&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Skin</source>
        <translation>皮肤</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Skin file to use</source>
        <translation>使用的皮肤文件</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This sets which skin Mumble should use.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The skin is a style file applied on top of the basic widget style. If there are icons in the same directory as the style sheet, those will replace the default icons.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;设置 Mumble 所使用的皮肤。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt; 皮肤是对基本样式的一个样式的优化。皮肤中包含一个央视脚本和图标文件，将替代默认的图标。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Expand</source>
        <translation>扩展</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>When to automatically expand channels</source>
        <translation>什么时候自动扩展频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Channel Dragging</source>
        <translation>拖动频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Ask whether to close or minimize when quitting Mumble.</source>
        <translation>询问是最小化还是关闭 Mumble。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Ask on quit while connected</source>
        <translation>当已连接时询问</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Always On Top</source>
        <translation>始终置顶</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;If set, minimizing the Mumble main window will cause it to be hidden and accessible only from the tray. Otherwise, it will be minimized as a window normally would.&lt;/b&gt;</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">&lt;b&gt;如果设置，最小化时Mumble主窗口将最小化到系统任务栏。否则将以普通窗口方式最小化。&lt;/b&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Hide in tray when minimized</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">最小化时隐藏到系统栏</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Hide the main Mumble window in the tray when it is minimized.</source>
        <translation>当最小化时隐藏 Mumble 主窗口到系统栏。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This setting controls when the application will be always on top.</source>
        <translation>设置控制应用程序是否总是在顶层显示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Never</source>
        <translation>从不</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Always</source>
        <translation>总是</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>In minimal view</source>
        <translation>简洁视图时</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>In normal view</source>
        <translation>普通视图时</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Displays talking status in system tray</source>
        <translation>在系统栏显示说话状态</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Show talking status in tray icon</source>
        <translation>在系统栏图标显示说话状态</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This setting controls in which situations the application will stay always on top. If you select &lt;i&gt;Never&lt;/i&gt; the application will not stay on top. &lt;i&gt;Always&lt;/i&gt; will always keep the application on top. &lt;i&gt;In minimal view&lt;/i&gt; / &lt;i&gt;In normal view&lt;/i&gt; will only keep the application always on top when minimal view is activated / deactivated.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">设置是否始终将应用程序至于顶层。如果选择 &lt;i&gt;从不&lt;/i&gt; ，应用程序将永远不会至于顶层。 &lt;i&gt;总是&lt;/i&gt; 将使应用程序总是显示在顶层。&lt;i&gt;简洁视图时&lt;/i&gt; / &lt;i&gt;普通视图时&lt;/i&gt; 将仅在激活/未激活简洁视图的时候将应用程序置于顶层。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Show context menu in menu bar</source>
        <translation>菜单栏显示菜单内容</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Apply some high contrast optimizations for visually impaired users</source>
        <translation>允许障碍用户使用高亮显示的优化</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Optimize for high contrast</source>
        <translation>高亮显示优化</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Application</source>
        <translation>应用程序</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Adds user and channel context menus into the menu bar</source>
        <translation>添加用户和频道内容菜单到菜单栏</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Tray Icon</source>
        <translation>系统图标</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Channel Tree</source>
        <translation>频道树</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Browse...</source>
        <translation>浏览(&amp;B)...</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Use selected item as the chat bar target</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>MainWindow</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="MainWindow.cpp" line="+182"/>
        <location line="+2131"/>
        <source>Root</source>
        <translation>根</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-2079"/>
        <source>Push-to-Talk</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translatorcomment>Global Shortcut</translatorcomment>
        <translation type="unfinished">按键发言</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Push and hold this button to send voice.</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translatorcomment>Global Shortcut</translatorcomment>
        <translation>当按钮保持按下状态时发送声音。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>This configures the push-to-talk button, and as long as you hold this button down, you will transmit voice.</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translatorcomment>Global Shortcut</translatorcomment>
        <translation type="unfinished">设置“按键发言”按钮，只要按下这个按钮，就会发送声音。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Reset Audio Processor</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translatorcomment>Global Shortcut</translatorcomment>
        <translation>重置音频处理器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+13"/>
        <source>Unlink Plugin</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translatorcomment>Global Shortcut</translatorcomment>
        <translation type="unfinished">未使用的插件</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Push-to-Mute</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translatorcomment>Global Shortcut</translatorcomment>
        <translation type="unfinished">按键关闭麦克风</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Join Channel</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translatorcomment>Global Shortcut</translatorcomment>
        <translation>加入频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Toggle Overlay</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translatorcomment>Global Shortcut</translatorcomment>
        <translation>切换Overlay</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Toggle state of in-game overlay.</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translatorcomment>Global Shortcut</translatorcomment>
        <translation type="unfinished">切换游戏里的overlay状态。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Toggle Minimal</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translatorcomment>Global Shortcut</translatorcomment>
        <translation type="unfinished">切换简洁试图模式</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Volume Up (+10%)</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translatorcomment>Global Shortcut</translatorcomment>
        <translation>声音调大(10%)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Volume Down (-10%)</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translatorcomment>Global Shortcut</translatorcomment>
        <translation>声音调小(-10%)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="MainWindow.ui"/>
        <source>Mumble</source>
        <translation>Mumble</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="MainWindow.cpp" line="+4"/>
        <location line="+15"/>
        <location line="+2230"/>
        <source>Mumble -- %1</source>
        <translation>Mumble——%1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-2225"/>
        <source>&amp;Window</source>
        <translation>窗口(&amp;W)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <location line="+135"/>
        <source>Minimize</source>
        <translation>最小化</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-135"/>
        <source>Ctrl+M</source>
        <translation>Ctrl+M</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+134"/>
        <source>Close</source>
        <translation>关闭</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-1"/>
        <source>Mumble is currently connected to a server. Do you want to Close or Minimize it?</source>
        <translation>Mumble正在链接到服务器。你确定要关闭或者最小化吗？</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-190"/>
        <source>Mute Self</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translatorcomment>Global Shortcut</translatorcomment>
        <translation type="unfinished">关闭麦克风(自己)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Set self-mute status.</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translatorcomment>Global Shortcut</translatorcomment>
        <translation type="unfinished">关闭自己的麦克风。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>This will set or toggle your muted status. If you turn this off, you will also disable self-deafen.</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translatorcomment>Global Shortcut</translatorcomment>
        <translation type="unfinished">打开或者关闭你的麦克风状态。关闭这个选项并不影响你的扬声器状态。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Deafen Self</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translatorcomment>Global Shortcut</translatorcomment>
        <translation type="unfinished">关闭扬声器(自己)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Set self-deafen status.</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translatorcomment>Global Shortcut</translatorcomment>
        <translation type="unfinished">设置自己的扬声器状态。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>This will set or toggle your deafened status. If you turn this on, you will also enable self-mute.</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translation>设置或者切换你的扬声器状态。这个状态不会影响你的麦克风状态。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+30"/>
        <source>Whisper/Shout</source>
        <oldsource>Whisper</oldsource>
        <translation>悄悄话/大喊</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+61"/>
        <location line="+2271"/>
        <source>&lt;center&gt;Not connected&lt;/center&gt;</source>
        <oldsource>Not connected</oldsource>
        <translation type="unfinished">&lt;center&gt;未连接&lt;/center&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-1998"/>
        <source>Clear</source>
        <translation>清空</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+27"/>
        <source>Opening URL %1</source>
        <translation>打开网址 %1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>File does not exist</source>
        <translation>文件不存在</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+8"/>
        <source>File is not a configuration file.</source>
        <translation>文件不是配置文件。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>Settings merged from file.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">设置从文件合并。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>URL scheme is not &apos;mumble&apos;</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+21"/>
        <source>This version of Mumble can&apos;t handle URLs for Mumble version %1.%2.%3</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">此版本的 Mumble 无法使用网址。Mumble 版本 %1 %2 %3</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+29"/>
        <source>Connecting to %1</source>
        <translation>连接到 %1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <source>Enter username</source>
        <translation>输入用户名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+14"/>
        <location line="+192"/>
        <source>Connecting to server %1.</source>
        <translation>连接到服务器 %1 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+10"/>
        <source>Reconnecting.</source>
        <translation>重新连接。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+148"/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;No build information or OS version available.&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;%1 (%2)&lt;br /&gt;%3&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <translation>&lt;p&gt;%1 (%2)&lt;br /&gt;%3&lt;/p&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+20"/>
        <source>&lt;h2&gt;Voice channel&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;p&gt;Encrypted with 128 bit OCB-AES128&lt;br /&gt;%1 ms average latency (%4 deviation)&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-104"/>
        <location line="+354"/>
        <source>Register yourself as %1</source>
        <translation>将你自己注册为 %1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-354"/>
        <location line="+354"/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;You are about to register yourself on this server. This action cannot be undone, and your username cannot be changed once this is done. You will forever be known as &apos;%1&apos; on this server.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Are you sure you want to register yourself?&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">&lt;p&gt;你将在这个服务器上注册你自己。这个操作不可被撤销，一旦注册你的用户名将不可再次修改。你将一直使用 &apos;%1&apos; 做为你在这个服务器上的名字。&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;你确定要注册？&lt;/p&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Register user %1</source>
        <translation>注册用户 %1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;You are about to register %1 on the server. This action cannot be undone, the username cannot be changed, and as a registered user, %1 will have access to the server even if you change the server password.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;From this point on, %1 will be authenticated with the certificate currently in use.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Are you sure you want to register %1?&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <translation>&lt;p&gt;你将注册 %1 在这个服务器上。这个操作无法被测小，而且这个用户名一旦注册将无法被改变， %1 将一直作为你的用户名，即使你修改服务器密码。&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;基于这一点，需要认证%1是否正在被使用。&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;确定注册为 %1 ？&lt;/p&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+40"/>
        <source>Kicking user %1</source>
        <translation>踢出用户 %1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+19"/>
        <source>Banning user %1</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">屏蔽用户 %1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+61"/>
        <source>View comment on user %1</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">显示用户 %1 的说明</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+52"/>
        <location line="+237"/>
        <source>Message to channel %1</source>
        <translation>发送消息到频道 %1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+544"/>
        <source>Connected.</source>
        <translation>已连接。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+159"/>
        <source>SSL Version mismatch</source>
        <translation>SSL版本不匹配</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+153"/>
        <source>&lt;center&gt;Type message to channel &apos;%1&apos; here&lt;/center&gt;</source>
        <oldsource>Type message to channel &apos;%1&apos; here</oldsource>
        <translation>&lt;center&gt;在这里输入发送到频道 &apos;%1&apos; 的信息&lt;/center&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>&lt;center&gt;Type message to user &apos;%1&apos; here&lt;/center&gt;</source>
        <oldsource>Type message to user &apos;%1&apos; here</oldsource>
        <translation>&lt;center&gt;在这里输入发送给用户 &apos;%1&apos; 的信息&lt;/center&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+105"/>
        <source>Choose image file</source>
        <translation>选择图像文件</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <source>Images (*.png *.jpg *.jpeg *.svg)</source>
        <translation>图像(*.png *.jpg *.jpeg *.svg)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <location line="+17"/>
        <source>Failed to load image</source>
        <translation>读取图像失败</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-17"/>
        <source>Could not open file for reading.</source>
        <translation>无法打开并读取文件。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+17"/>
        <source>Image format not recognized.</source>
        <translation>无法识别图像格式。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-1651"/>
        <source>Voice channel is sent over control channel.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">语音通道通过控制通道传输。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-899"/>
        <source>&amp;User</source>
        <translation>用户(&amp;U)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>&amp;Channel</source>
        <translation>频道(&amp;C)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+63"/>
        <source>This will switch the states of the in-game overlay.</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">在游戏里切换 overlay 状态。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+19"/>
        <source>Link Channel</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">链接频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+688"/>
        <source>Change your comment</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">改变你的说明</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+105"/>
        <source>&lt;h2&gt;Version&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;p&gt;Protocol %1.&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">&lt;h2&gt;版本&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;p&gt;协议 %1.%2.%3.&lt;/p&gt; {2&gt;?} {2&gt;?} {1.?}</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+14"/>
        <source>&lt;h2&gt;Control channel&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;p&gt;Encrypted with %1 bit %2&lt;br /&gt;%3 ms average latency (%4 deviation)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Remote host %5 (port %6)&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">&lt;h2&gt;控制频道&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;p&gt;Encrypted with %1 bit %2&lt;br /&gt;%3 ms average latency (%4 deviation)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Remote host %5 (port %6)&lt;/p&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+18"/>
        <source>UDP Statistics</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">UDP统计</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <source>To Server</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">发送到服务器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <source>From Server</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">从服务器接收</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <source>Good</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">优良</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <source>Late</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">延迟</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <source>Lost</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">丢失</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <source>Resync</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">重新同步</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>&lt;h2&gt;Audio bandwidth&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;p&gt;Maximum %1 kbit/s&lt;br /&gt;Current %2 kbit/s&lt;br /&gt;Codec: %3&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Mumble Server Information</source>
        <translation>Mumble 服务器信息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <location line="+1330"/>
        <source>&amp;View Certificate</source>
        <translation>显示证书(&amp;V)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-1055"/>
        <location line="+19"/>
        <source>Enter reason</source>
        <translation>输入原因</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+22"/>
        <source>Sending message to %1</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">正在向 %1 发送信息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+12"/>
        <location line="+79"/>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <location line="+233"/>
        <source>To %1: %2</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-316"/>
        <location line="+83"/>
        <source>Message to %1</source>
        <translation>发送消息给 %1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-40"/>
        <source>Are you sure you want to reset the comment of user %1?</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">你确定要重置用户 %1 的说明？</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+191"/>
        <source>Are you sure you want to delete %1 and all its sub-channels?</source>
        <translation>你确定要删除 %1 及其所有子频道？</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+71"/>
        <source>Sending message to channel %1</source>
        <translation>发送信息到频道%1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+9"/>
        <source>Message to tree %1</source>
        <translation>信息到树 %1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <source>To %1 (Tree): %2</source>
        <oldsource>(Tree) %1: %2</oldsource>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+149"/>
        <source>Unmuted and undeafened.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">打开扬声器和麦克风。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Unmuted.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">打开麦克风。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Muted.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">关闭麦克风。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+31"/>
        <source>Muted and deafened.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">关闭麦克风和扬声器。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Deafened.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">关闭扬声器。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Undeafened.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">打开扬声器。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+89"/>
        <source>About Qt</source>
        <translation>关于 Qt</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+389"/>
        <source>SSL Verification failed: %1</source>
        <translation>SSL认证失败：%1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;WARNING:&lt;/b&gt; The server presented a certificate that was different from the stored one.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">&lt;b&gt;警告：&lt;/b&gt; 服务器的现有证书和已存储的证书不一致。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Sever presented a certificate which failed verification.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">验证服务器证书失败。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;%1.&lt;br /&gt;The specific errors with this certificate are: &lt;/p&gt;&lt;ol&gt;%2&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;p&gt;Do you wish to accept this certificate anyway?&lt;br /&gt;(It will also be stored so you won&apos;t be asked this again.)&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">&lt;p&gt;%1.&lt;br /&gt;验证证书时出现错误: &lt;/p&gt;&lt;ol&gt;%2&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;p&gt;确定接受证书？&lt;br /&gt;(这个证书也会被存储所以你将不会被再次询问。)&lt;/p&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+24"/>
        <source>This server is using an older encryption standard, and is no longer supported by modern versions of Mumble.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">服务器使用了一个早期的加密标准，当前版本的Mumble所不支持该标准。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>Server connection failed: %1.</source>
        <translation>连接服务器失败：%1。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Disconnected from server.</source>
        <translation>断开到服务器的连接。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+11"/>
        <source>Invalid username</source>
        <translation>无效的用户名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>You connected with an invalid username, please try another one.</source>
        <translation>你以一个无效的用户名连接，请尝试其他用户名。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Username in use</source>
        <translation>用户名已被使用</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>That username is already in use, please try another username.</source>
        <translation>此用户名已经被使用，请尝试其他用户名。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>Wrong certificate or password</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">证书或者密码错误</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Wrong certificate or password for registered user. If you are
certain this user is protected by a password please retry.
Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source>
        <translation>已注册用户的证书或者密码错误。如果你确实输入了一个被密码保护的用户名，请重试。否则请退出并查看你的证书和用户名。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>Wrong password</source>
        <translation>密码错误</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Wrong server password for unregistered user account, please try again.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">未注册用户输入了错误的密码，请重试。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="MainWindow.ui"/>
        <source>C&amp;onfigure</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">配置(&amp;o)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Help</source>
        <translation>帮助(&amp;H)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Log</source>
        <translation>记录</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This shows all recent activity. Connecting to servers, errors and information messages all show up here.&lt;br /&gt;To configure exactly which messages show up here, use the &lt;b&gt;Settings&lt;/b&gt; command from the menu.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">这里显示所有最近的活动。连接到服务器、错误和信息、消息等都将显示在这里。&lt;br /&gt;如果要设置这里显示的信息，请在菜单里选择&lt;b&gt;Settings&lt;/b&gt;命令。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Quit Mumble</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">退出 Mumble (&amp;Q)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Closes the program</source>
        <translation>关闭程序</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Exits the application.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">退出应用程序。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Ctrl+Q</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Connect</source>
        <translation>连接(&amp;C)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Open the server connection dialog</source>
        <translation>打开一个服务器连接对话框</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Disconnect</source>
        <translation>断开连接(&amp;D)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Disconnect from server</source>
        <translation>断开到服务器的连接</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Disconnects you from the server.</source>
        <translation>断开你到服务器的连接。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Ban lists</source>
        <translation>屏蔽列表(&amp;B)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Edit ban lists on server</source>
        <translation>编辑服务器的Ban列表</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This lets you edit the server-side IP ban lists.</source>
        <translation>编辑服务器端的IP ban 列表。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Information</source>
        <translation>信息(&amp;I)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Show information about the server connection</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">显示服务器连接的信息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This will show extended information about the connection to the server.</source>
        <translation>显示服务器连接的扩展信息。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Kick</source>
        <translation>踢出(&amp;K)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Mute</source>
        <translation>关闭麦克风(&amp;M)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Ban</source>
        <translation>屏蔽(&amp;B)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Deafen</source>
        <translation>关闭扬声器(&amp;D)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Local Mute</source>
        <translation>关闭本地麦克风(&amp;L)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Send a Text Message</source>
        <translation>发送一个文字信息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Sends a text message to another user.</source>
        <translation>发送一个文字信息给其他用户。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Add</source>
        <translation>添加(&amp;A)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Add new channel</source>
        <translation>添加一个新的频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This adds a new sub-channel to the currently selected channel.</source>
        <translation>在当前所选频道下添加一个新的子频道。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Remove</source>
        <translation>删除(&amp;R)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Remove channel</source>
        <translation>删除频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This removes a channel and all sub-channels.</source>
        <translation>删除一个频道和所有子频道。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Edit Groups and ACL for channel</source>
        <translation>编辑频道的分组和ACL</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This opens the Group and ACL dialog for the channel, to control permissions.</source>
        <translation>打开频道的分组和ACL对话框，控制属性。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Link</source>
        <translation>连接(&amp;L)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Link your channel to another channel</source>
        <translation>将你的频道链接到其他频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is the chatbar&lt;br /&gt;If you enter text here and then press enter the text is sent to the user or channel that was selected. If nothing is selected the message is sent to your current channel.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">这个是一个聊天栏&lt;br /&gt;如果你在这里输入文字并且点击回车，文字将被发送到你选择的用户或者频道。如果没有选择将会发送到你当前的频道。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Chatbar</source>
        <translation>聊天栏</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Shows a dialog of registered servers, and also allows quick-connect.</source>
        <translation>显示一个已注册的服务器的对话框，而且可以进行快速连接。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Kick user (with reason)</source>
        <translation>踢出用户(包含原因)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Kick selected user off server. You&apos;ll be asked to specify a reason.</source>
        <translation>将选择的用户踢出服务器。你将被要求输入一个原因。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Mute user</source>
        <translation>关闭用户麦克风</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Mute or unmute user on server. Unmuting a deafened user will also undeafen them.</source>
        <translation>关闭或者打开服务器上用户的麦克风。打开一个关闭了扬声器的用户的麦克风时也会同时打开他的扬声器。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Kick and ban user (with reason)</source>
        <translation>踢出并且Ban 用户(包含原因)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Kick and ban selected user from server. You&apos;ll be asked to specify a reason.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">将一个所选的用户从服务器踢出并Ban。你需要输入一个理由。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Deafen user</source>
        <translation>关闭用户扬声器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Deafen or undeafen user on server. Deafening a user will also mute them.</source>
        <translation>从服务器上关闭用户的扬声器。关闭一个用户的扬声器也会同时关闭他的麦克风。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Mute user locally</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">关闭用户本地麦克风</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Mute or unmute user locally. Use this on other users in the same room.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">关闭用户本地麦克风。对同一房间的其他用户使用。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Edit</source>
        <translation>编辑(&amp;E)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This links your current channel to the selected channel. If users in a channel have permission to speak in the other channel, users can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link.</source>
        <oldsource>This links your current channel to the selected channel. If they have permission to speak in the other channel, users can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link.</oldsource>
        <translation type="unfinished">将当前频道连接到一所选频道。如果一个频道里的用户被允许同其他频道的用户通话。他们现在可以听到彼此。这是一个永久性的链接。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Unlink</source>
        <comment>Channel</comment>
        <translatorcomment>Channel</translatorcomment>
        <translation>取消链接(&amp;U)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Unlink your channel from another channel</source>
        <translation>取消你的频道到其他频道的链接</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This unlinks your current channel from the selected channel.</source>
        <translation>取消你的频道到所选频道的链接。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Unlinks your channel from all linked channels.</source>
        <translation>取消从你的频道到所有已链接频道的链接。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This unlinks your current channel (not the selected one) from all linked channels.</source>
        <translation>取消从你的频道到所有已经链接的频道(不仅是选择的一个)的链接。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Reset</source>
        <translation>重置(&amp;R)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Reset audio preprocessor</source>
        <translation>重置音频预处理程序</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This will reset the audio preprocessor, including noise cancellation, automatic gain and voice activity detection. If something suddenly worsens the audio environment (like dropping the microphone) and it was temporary, use this to avoid having to wait for the preprocessor to readjust.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Mute Self</source>
        <translation>关闭自己麦克风(&amp;M)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Mute yourself</source>
        <translation>关闭自己的麦克风</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Mute or unmute yourself. When muted, you will not send any data to the server. Unmuting while deafened will also undeafen.</source>
        <translation>打开或关闭你的麦克风。当关闭时你将不会向服务器发送任何数据。打开麦克风时也将同时打开扬声器。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Deafen Self</source>
        <translation>&amp;D关闭自己的扬声器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Deafen yourself</source>
        <translation>关闭及的扬声器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Deafen or undeafen yourself. When deafened, you will not hear anything. Deafening yourself will also mute.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">打开或关闭自己的扬声器。当关闭扬声器时你将无法听到任何声音。关闭扬声器也将同样关闭麦克风。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Text-To-Speech</source>
        <translation>语音播报(&amp;T)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Toggle Text-To-Speech</source>
        <translation>切换语音播报</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enable or disable the text-to-speech engine. Only messages enabled for TTS in the Configuration dialog will actually be spoken.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">开启或关闭语音播报。在设置对话框里设置的仅信息被用于TTS 仍然会被播报。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Display audio statistics</source>
        <translation>显示音频统计</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Pops up a small dialog with information about your current audio input.</source>
        <translation>弹出一个关于你当前音频输入的小对话框。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Forcibly unlink plugin</source>
        <translation>强制取消插件的链接</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This forces the current plugin to unlink, which is handy if it is reading completely wrong data.</source>
        <translation>取消当前插件的链接。当插件数据读取错误时非常方便。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Settings</source>
        <translation>设置(&amp;S)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Configure Mumble</source>
        <translation>配置 Mumble</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Allows you to change most settings for Mumble.</source>
        <translation>允许你改变Mumble的大多数设置</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Audio Wizard</source>
        <translation>音频向导(&amp;A)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Start the audio configuration wizard</source>
        <translation>开始音频配置向导</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This will guide you through the process of configuring your audio hardware.</source>
        <translation>这将指导你配置你的音频硬件。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;What&apos;s This?</source>
        <translation>这是什么(&amp;W)？</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enter What&apos;s This? mode</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">进入 这是什么? 模式</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Click this to enter &quot;What&apos;s This?&quot; mode. Your cursor will turn into a question mark. Click on any button, menu choice or area to show a description of what it is.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">点击进入 “这是什么？”模式。你的鼠标会带有一个询问标记。点击其他的按钮、菜单中选择需要显示说明的区域。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;About</source>
        <translation>关于(&amp;A)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Information about Mumble</source>
        <translation>关于 Mumble 的信息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Shows a small dialog with information and license for Mumble.</source>
        <translation>显示一个包含了Mumble 信息和许可的对话框。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>About &amp;Speex</source>
        <translation>关于 Speex(&amp;S)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Information about Speex</source>
        <translation>关于 Speex 的信息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Shows a small dialog with information about Speex.</source>
        <translation>显示一个关于Speex的小对话框。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>About &amp;Qt</source>
        <translation>关于QT(&amp;Q)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Information about Qt</source>
        <translation>关于 QT 的信息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Shows a small dialog with information about Qt.</source>
        <translation>显示一个关于 QT 的信息的小对话框。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Check for &amp;Updates</source>
        <translation>检查更新(&amp;U)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Check for new version of Mumble</source>
        <translation>检查 Mumble 的新版本</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Connects to the Mumble webpage to check if a new version is available, and notifies you with an appropriate download URL if this is the case.</source>
        <translation>连接到Mumble主页查找是否有可用的新版本，并以提示的方式发送下载地址。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Sends a text message to all users in a channel.</source>
        <translation>发送文字信息给频道中的所有人。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Change Comment</source>
        <translation>改变说明(&amp;C)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Configure certificates for strong authentication</source>
        <translation>设置证书为强验证模式</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This starts the wizard for creating, importing and exporting certificates for authentication against servers.</source>
        <translation>开始证书向导，导入或者到处服务器验证的证书。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Register user on server</source>
        <translation>主儿测用户到服务器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This will permanently register the user on the server.</source>
        <translation>将永久注册用户到服务器。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Add &amp;Friend</source>
        <translation>添加好友(&amp;F)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Adds a user as your friend.</source>
        <translation>添加一个用户为你的好友。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This will add the user as a friend, so you can recognize him on this and other servers.</source>
        <translation>这将添加一个用户为你的好友，以便你可以在这个服务器和其他服务器找到他。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Remove Friend</source>
        <translation>删除好友(&amp;R)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Removes a user from your friends.</source>
        <translation>从你的好友中删除一个用户。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This will remove a user from your friends list.</source>
        <translation>将一个用户从你的好友列表删除。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Update Friend</source>
        <translation>更新好友(&amp;U)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Update name of your friend.</source>
        <translation>更新好友的名字。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Your friend uses a different name than what is in your database. This will update the name.</source>
        <translation>你的好用使用了一个和你的数据库中不同的名字。这将更新这个名字。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Registered &amp;Users</source>
        <translation>书测用户(&amp;U)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Edit registered users list</source>
        <translation>编辑已注册用户列表</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This opens the editor for registered users, which allow you to change their name or unregister them.</source>
        <translation>打开一个已注册用户的编辑器，允许你改变已注册用户的名称或者取消他们的注册。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Access Tokens</source>
        <translation>有效标记(&amp;A)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Add or remove text-based access tokens</source>
        <translation>添加或删除一个基于文字的有效标记</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Minimal View</source>
        <translation>简洁视图(&amp;M)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Toggle minimal window modes</source>
        <translation>切换简洁视图模式</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This will toggle minimal mode, where the log window and menu is hidden.</source>
        <translation>切换到简洁视图模式，记录窗口和菜单将被隐藏。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="Messages.cpp" line="+362"/>
        <source>You muted and deafened %1.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">你关闭了 %1 的麦克风和扬声器被。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>You unmuted and undeafened %1.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">你打开了 %1 的麦克风和扬声器。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+11"/>
        <source>You undeafened %1.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">你打开了 %1 的扬声器。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>You suppressed %1.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">你禁止了 %1 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>%1 muted and deafened by %2.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">%2 关闭了 %1 的麦克风和扬声器。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>%1 unmuted and undeafened by %2.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">%2 打开了 %1 的麦克风和扬声器。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+11"/>
        <source>%1 undeafened by %2.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">%2 打开了 %1 的扬声器。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>%1 suppressed by %2.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">%2 禁止了 %1 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+25"/>
        <source>%1 moved to %2.</source>
        <translation>%1 移动到 %2 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>%1 moved to %2 by %3.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">%3 将 %1 移到 %2 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+14"/>
        <source>%1 moved in from %2 by %3.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">%3 将 %1 从 %2 移来。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-161"/>
        <source>%1 is now muted and deafened.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">%1 关闭了扬声器和麦克风。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-189"/>
        <location line="+48"/>
        <source>Welcome message: %1</source>
        <translation>欢迎信息： %1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-15"/>
        <source>Mumble: %1</source>
        <translation>Mumble ：%1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+36"/>
        <source>You were denied %1 privileges in %2.</source>
        <translation>你在 %2 的%1 权限被拒绝。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>%3 was denied %1 privileges in %2.</source>
        <translation>%3 在 %2 的%1 权限被拒绝。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Denied: Cannot modify SuperUser.</source>
        <translation>拒绝：无法修改超级用户。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Denied: Invalid channel name.</source>
        <translation>拒绝：无效的频道名称。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Denied: Text message too long.</source>
        <translation>拒绝：文本消息太长。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+25"/>
        <source>Denied: Operation not permitted in temporary channel.</source>
        <translation>拒绝：操作不允许用于临时频道。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>You need a certificate to perform this operation.</source>
        <translation>你需要认证才能执行该操作。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>%1 does not have a certificate.</source>
        <translation>%1 没有证书。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>Invalid username: %1.</source>
        <translation>无效的用户名： %1 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Invalid username.</source>
        <translation>无效的用户名。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Channel is full.</source>
        <translation>频道已满。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Channel nesting limit reached.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>Permission denied.</source>
        <translation>权限被拒绝。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+39"/>
        <source>%1 connected.</source>
        <translation>%1 上线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+13"/>
        <source>%1 is now muted.</source>
        <translation>%1 关闭了麦克风。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>%1 is now unmuted.</source>
        <translation>%1 打开了麦克风。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+11"/>
        <source>Recording started</source>
        <translation>开始录音</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Recording stopped</source>
        <translation>录音结束</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>%1 started recording.</source>
        <translation>%1 开始录音。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>%1 stopped recording.</source>
        <translation>%1 结束了录音。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+21"/>
        <source>You were unmuted and undeafened by %1.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">%1 关闭了你的麦克风和扬声器。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>You were muted by %1.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">%1 关闭了你的麦克风。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>You were undeafened by %1.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">%1 关闭了你的扬声器。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>You were suppressed.</source>
        <oldsource>You were suppressed by %1.</oldsource>
        <translation>你被禁止。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>You were unsuppressed.</source>
        <translation>你被解禁。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>You were unsuppressed by %1.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">%1 解除了你的禁止。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+98"/>
        <source>%1 is recording</source>
        <translation>%1 正在录音</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+46"/>
        <source>%1 disconnected.</source>
        <translation>%1 离线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+92"/>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Server</source>
        <comment>message from</comment>
        <translation>服务器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>(Tree) </source>
        <translation>(树) </translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>(Channel) </source>
        <translation>(频道) </translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>%2%1: %3</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+201"/>
        <source>The server requests minimum client version %1</source>
        <translation>服务器至少要求客户端版本 %1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>The server requests positional audio be enabled.</source>
        <translation>服务器要求开启位置音频。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>The server requests positional audio be disabled.</source>
        <translation>服务器禁止使用位置音频。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>The server requests Push-to-Talk be enabled.</source>
        <translation>服务器要求使用按键发言。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>The server requests Push-to-Talk be disabled.</source>
        <translation>服务器禁止使用按键发言。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-474"/>
        <source>You were unmuted by %1.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">%1 关闭了你的麦克风。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+29"/>
        <source>You muted %1.</source>
        <translation>你关闭了 %1 的麦克风。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+16"/>
        <source>You unsuppressed %1.</source>
        <translation>你解除了 %1 的禁止。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-14"/>
        <source>You unmuted %1.</source>
        <translation>你打开了 %1 的麦克风。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+25"/>
        <source>%1 muted by %2.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">%2 关闭了 %1 麦克风。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+16"/>
        <source>%1 unsuppressed by %2.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">%2 解除了 %1 禁止。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-14"/>
        <source>%1 unmuted by %2.</source>
        <translation>%2 打开了 %1 麦克风。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+377"/>
        <source>Unable to find matching CELT codecs with other clients. You will not be able to talk to all users.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">无法在其他客户端找到匹配的CELT编码器。你无法和所有用户说话。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-443"/>
        <source>You were muted and deafened by %1.</source>
        <oldsource>You were deafened by %1.</oldsource>
        <translation type="unfinished">%1 关闭了你的麦克风和扬声器。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+161"/>
        <source>You were kicked from the server by %1: %2.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">%1 将你踢出了服务器：%2。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>%3 was kicked from the server by %1: %2.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">%1将%3 踢出了服务器：%2。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-7"/>
        <source>You were kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">%1 将你踢出了服务器并屏蔽：%2。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>%3 was kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">%1 将%3 踢出了服务器并屏蔽：%2。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-64"/>
        <source>You were moved to %1 by %2.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">%2 将你移到了 %1。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+17"/>
        <source>%1 entered channel.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">%1 进入频道。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-358"/>
        <source>Server connection rejected: %1.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">服务器拒绝连接：%1 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+147"/>
        <source>Denied: %1.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">拒绝：%1 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+364"/>
        <source>Message from %1</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">来自 %1 的消息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="UserModel.cpp" line="+1390"/>
        <source>You have Channel Dragging set to &quot;Do Nothing&quot; so the channel wasn&apos;t moved.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">频道无法被移动因为你将频道拖动设置为“无动作”。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>Unknown Channel Drag mode in UserModel::dropMimeData.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="main.cpp" line="-271"/>
        <source>Usage: mumble [options] [&lt;url&gt;]

&lt;url&gt; specifies a URL to connect to after startup instead of showing
the connection window, and has the following form:
mumble://[&lt;username&gt;[:&lt;password&gt;]@]&lt;host&gt;[:&lt;port&gt;][/&lt;channel&gt;[/&lt;subchannel&gt;...]][?version=&lt;x.y.z&gt;]

The version query parameter has to be set in order to invoke the
correct client version. It currently defaults to 1.2.0.

Valid options are:
  -h, --help    Show this help text and exit.
  -m, --multiple
                Allow multiple instances of the client to be started.
  -n, --noidentity
                Suppress loading of identity files (i.e., certificates.)
</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+17"/>
        <source>Invocation</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+192"/>
        <source>Welcome to Mumble.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">欢迎使用 Mumble。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+73"/>
        <source>Skipping version check in debug mode.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">在调试模式跳过版本检查。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="MainWindow.ui"/>
        <source>Hide Frame</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">隐藏层</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Toggle showing frame on minimal window</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">在简洁视图模式下显示层</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This will toggle whether the minimal window should have a frame for moving and resizing.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">切换在简洁视图模式下是否显示一个可以移动或改变窗口大小的层。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Send &amp;Message</source>
        <translation>发送消息(&amp;M)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Unlink All</source>
        <translation>取消所有链接(&amp;U)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Certificate Wizard</source>
        <translation>证书向导(&amp;C)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Register</source>
        <translation>注册(&amp;R)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Reset &amp;Comment</source>
        <translation>重置说明(&amp;C)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Reset the comment of the selected user.</source>
        <translation>重置所选用户的说明。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Join Channel</source>
        <translation>加入频道(&amp;J)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>View Comment</source>
        <translation>查看说明</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>View comment in editor</source>
        <translation>在编辑器里查看说明</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Query server for connection information for user</source>
        <translation>确认用户的服务器连接信息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>S&amp;erver</source>
        <translation>服务器(&amp;e)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Self</source>
        <translation>自己(&amp;S)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Audio S&amp;tatistics</source>
        <translation>音频统计(&amp;t)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Unlink Plugins</source>
        <translation>关闭插件(&amp;U)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>R&amp;egister</source>
        <translation>注册(&amp;e)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Register yourself on the server</source>
        <translation>将你自己注册到服务器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Change &amp;Avatar</source>
        <translation>改变头像(&amp;A)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Change your avatar image on this server</source>
        <translation>改变你在这个服务器上的头像</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Remove Avatar</source>
        <translation>删除头像(&amp;R)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Remove currently defined avatar image.</source>
        <translation>删除当前偶像图片。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Icon Toolbar</source>
        <translation>工具栏图标</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Change your own comment</source>
        <translation>改变你自己的说明</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Recording</source>
        <translation>录音</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Priority Speaker</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">优先发言</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Copy URL</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">复制网址(&amp;C)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Copies a link to this channel to the clipboard.</source>
        <translation>将这个频道的链接复制到剪切板。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Ignore Messages</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Locally ignore user&apos;s text chat messages.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Silently drops all text messages from the user.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>NetworkConfig</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="NetworkConfig.cpp" line="+56"/>
        <source>Network</source>
        <translation>网络</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+36"/>
        <source>Updates are mandatory when using snapshot releases.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">当使用了更新快照时委托升级。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="NetworkConfig.ui"/>
        <source>Connection</source>
        <translation>连接</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Use TCP compatibility mode</source>
        <oldsource>Use TCP compatability mode</oldsource>
        <translation>使用 TCP 兼容模式</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Enable TCP compatibility mode&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;This will make Mumble use only TCP when communicating with the server. This will increase overhead and cause lost packets to produce noticeable pauses in communication, so this should only be used if you are unable to use the default (which uses UDP for voice and TCP for control).</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;开启 TCP 兼容模式&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;设置Mumble仅使用TCP和服务器通信。这将会增加开销并且减少通信过程中的数据丢失情况，所以仅在无法使用默认模式 ( UDP通话，TCP控制) 的情况下使用。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Reconnect when disconnected</source>
        <translation>当连接断开时重新连接</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Reconnect when disconnected&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;This will make Mumble try to automatically reconnect after 10 seconds if your server connection fails.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;当连接断开时重新连接&lt;/b&gt;。&lt;br /&gt;如果你和服务器的连接失败，Mumble将在 10 秒后自动重新连接。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Reconnect automatically</source>
        <translation>自动重连</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Proxy</source>
        <translation>代理</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Type</source>
        <translation>类型</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Type of proxy to connect through</source>
        <translation>使用的代理的类型</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Direct connection</source>
        <translation>直接连接</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>HTTP(S) proxy</source>
        <translation>HTTP(S) 代理</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>SOCKS5 proxy</source>
        <translation>SOCKS5 代理</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Hostname</source>
        <translation>主机名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Hostname of the proxy</source>
        <translation>代理的主机名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Force TCP mode</source>
        <translation>强制 TCP 模式</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enable QoS to prioritize packets</source>
        <translation>允许 QoS 优先级</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This will enable QoS, which will attempt to prioritize voice packets over other traffic.</source>
        <translation>允许QoS 对即将发送的数据包根据网络状况进行优先级排序。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Use Quality of Service</source>
        <translation>使用高品质服务</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Don&apos;t send certificate to server and don&apos;t save passwords. (Not saved).</source>
        <translation>不向服务器发送证书并且不保存密码。(无法保存)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This will suppress identity information from the client.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;p&gt;The client will not identify itself with a certificate, even if defined, and will not cache passwords for connections. This is primarily a test-option and is not saved.&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;禁止验证客户端身份。&lt;/b&gt;客户端将无法通过证书证明他们自己，一旦设置，将不会保存连接的密码。这主要是个测试选项，并不会被保存</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Suppress certificate and password storage</source>
        <translation>不保存证书和密码</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Type of proxy to connect through.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This makes Mumble connect through a proxy for all outgoing connections. Note: Proxy tunneling forces Mumble into TCP compatibility mode, causing all voice data to be sent via the control channel.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;连接的代理的类型。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;这将设置Mumble连接所使用的代理的类型。注意：协议隧道将强制Mumble使用TCP兼容模式，因此所有的数据通过通过控制通道传输。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Hostname of the proxy.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This field specifies the hostname of the proxy you wish to tunnel network traffic through.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;代理的主机名。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;这个区域指定你使用的代理的主机名。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Port</source>
        <translation>端口</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Port number of the proxy</source>
        <translation>该代理使用的端口号</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Port number of the proxy.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This field specifies the port number that the proxy expects connections on.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;代理的端口号。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;这里指定了代理连接使用的端口号。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Username</source>
        <translation>用户名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Username for proxy authentication</source>
        <translation>代理验证所需要的用户名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Username for proxy authentication.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This specifies the username you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;代理验证所需要的用户名。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;这里填写的用户名将用于向你的代理验证你的身份。如果你所使用的代理不采用这样的方式验证或者不需要验证，请将这个区域留空。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Password</source>
        <translation>密码</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Password for proxy authentication</source>
        <translation>代理验证所需的密码</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Password for proxy authentication.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This specifies the password you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;代理验证所需的密码。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;这里填写的密码将用于向你的代理验证你的身份。如果你所使用的代理不采用这样的方式验证或者不需要验证，请将这个区域留空。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Misc</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Prevent log from downloading images</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Disable image download&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the img tag.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;不下载图片&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;阻止客户端下载聊天信息中包含的图片作为图片标识。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Disable image download</source>
        <translation>不下载图片</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Mumble services</source>
        <translation>Mumble 服务</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Check for new releases of Mumble automatically.</source>
        <translation>自动检查 Mumble 更新。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This will check for new releases of Mumble every time you start the program, and notify you if one is available.</source>
        <translation>当你每次启动程序时检查Mumble新版本信息，并在可用时通知你。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Check for application updates on startup</source>
        <translation>当启动时检查应用程序升级</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Check for new releases of plugins automatically.</source>
        <translation>自动检查插件更新。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This will check for new releases of plugins every time you start the program, and download them automatically.</source>
        <translation>每次打开的时候检查插件的更新并自动下载。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Submit anonymous statistics.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mumble has a small development team, and as such needs to focus its development where it is needed most. By submitting a bit of statistics you help the project determine where to focus development.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">&lt;b&gt;提交匿名统计&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mumble是一个小的开发组，需要收集信息以便开发组更好的改进软件的功能。通过提交统计信息，你可以帮助程序开发组更好的完善软件。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project</source>
        <translation>提交匿名统计给 Mumble 项目组</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Submit anonymous statistics</source>
        <translation>提交匿名统计</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Reconnect to last used server when starting Mumble</source>
        <translation>当 Mumble 启动时自动连接到最后使用的服务器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Reconnect to last server on startup</source>
        <translation>启动时自动连接最后的服务器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Download plugin and overlay updates on startup</source>
        <translation>启动时下载插件和 overlay 更新</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>Overlay</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="OverlayEditorScene.cpp" line="+119"/>
        <location filename="OverlayUser.cpp" line="+153"/>
        <source>Silent</source>
        <translation>安静</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <location filename="OverlayUser.cpp" line="+3"/>
        <source>Talking</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">说话</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <location filename="OverlayUser.cpp" line="+3"/>
        <source>Whisper</source>
        <translation>悄悄话</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <location filename="OverlayUser.cpp" line="+3"/>
        <source>Shout</source>
        <translation>高喊</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+17"/>
        <location filename="OverlayUser.cpp" line="-110"/>
        <source>Channel</source>
        <translation>频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="Overlay.cpp" line="+104"/>
        <source>Failed to create communication with overlay at %2: %1. No overlay will be available.</source>
        <translation>在%2：%1 通过overlay创建通信失败。overlay无法激活。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>OverlayClient</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="OverlayUserGroup.cpp" line="+97"/>
        <source>Filter</source>
        <translation>过滤</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Only talking</source>
        <translation>仅说话时</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>Talking and recently active</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">说话时和最近激活时</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>All in current channel</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">当前频道的所有人</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>All in linked channels</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">所有连接的频道的所有人</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>Always show yourself</source>
        <translation>总是显示自己</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+8"/>
        <source>Configure recently active time (%1 seconds)...</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">设置最近激活时间( %1 秒)...</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Columns</source>
        <translation>列</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+8"/>
        <source>Sort</source>
        <translation>排序</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Alphabetically</source>
        <translation>按字母顺序</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>Last state change</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">状态最后变化</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>Edit...</source>
        <translation>编辑...</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Reset Zoom</source>
        <translation>重置缩放</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+41"/>
        <source>Configure recently active time</source>
        <translation>设置最近激活时间</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Amount of seconds users remain active after talking:</source>
        <translation>统计用户说话后保持激活的时间：</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>OverlayConfig</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="OverlayConfig.cpp" line="+80"/>
        <source>To move the users, drag the little red dot.</source>
        <translation>要移动用户列表，请拖动小红点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>To resize the users, mouse wheel over a user.</source>
        <oldsource>To resize the users, mousewheel over a user.</oldsource>
        <translation>要改变用户列表大小，请在用户列表上滚动鼠标滚轮。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>For more options, right click a user.</source>
        <oldsource>For more options, rightclick a user.</oldsource>
        <translation>需要更多选项，请在用户上点击右键。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+223"/>
        <source>Overlay</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+75"/>
        <source>Choose executable</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">选择一个可执行的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Choose application</source>
        <translation>选择应用程序</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+87"/>
        <source>Load Overlay Presets</source>
        <translation>读取Overlay样式</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <location line="+28"/>
        <source>Mumble overlay presets (*.mumblelay)</source>
        <translation>Mumble overlay 样式 (*.mumblelay)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-2"/>
        <source>Save Overlay Presets</source>
        <translation>保存 Overlay 样式</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="Overlay.ui"/>
        <source>Options</source>
        <translation>选项</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enable overlay.</source>
        <translation>启用 overlay。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enable Overlay</source>
        <translation>启用 Overlay</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked when applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.&lt;br /&gt;Please note that if you start Mumble after starting the application, or if you disable the overlay while the application is running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application.</source>
        <oldsource>This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked when applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.&lt;br /&gt;Please note that if you start the application after starting Mumble, or if you disable the overlay while running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application.</oldsource>
        <translation>设置是否启用overlay。这个设置仅在应用程序开始时检查，因此确保你开始应用程序前已经运行了Mumble并且这个选项是打开的。&lt;br /&gt;请注意如果你已经运行了Mumble和应用程序，或者你在应用程序运行期间关闭了overlay，除了重启应用程序之外，没有办法安全的重新启动overlay。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Layout</source>
        <translation>布局</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Overlay exceptions</source>
        <translation>OverLay 例外</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Blacklist</source>
        <translation>黑名单</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Whitelist</source>
        <translation>白名单</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Uninstall Overlay</source>
        <translation>卸载 Overlay</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Overlay Installation</source>
        <translation>Overlay 安装</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Mumble has detected that you do not have the Mumble Overlay installed.

Click the button below to install the overlay.</source>
        <translation>Mumble 检测到你没有安装 Mumble Overly。

点击下面的按钮安装 overlay。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Install Mumble Overlay</source>
        <translation>安装 Mumble Overlay</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Overlay Upgrade</source>
        <translation>Overlay 升级</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Mumble has detected an old version of the overlay support files installed on your computer.

To upgrade these files to their latest versions, click the button below.</source>
        <translation>Mumble检测到你的电脑上安装了低版本的overlay支持文件。

点击下面的按钮将他们升级最新版本。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Upgrade Mumble Overlay</source>
        <translation>升级 Mumble Overlay</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Display a frame counter in the overlay</source>
        <translation>在overlay中显示帧数统计</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Show FPS counter</source>
        <translation>显示 FPS 统计</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Load an overlay preset from file</source>
        <translation>从文件中读取 overlay 样式</translation>
    </message>
    <message utf8="true">
        <location/>
        <source>Load…</source>
        <translation>读取...</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Save your overlay settings to file</source>
        <translation>将你的overlay样式保存到文件</translation>
    </message>
    <message utf8="true">
        <location/>
        <source>Save…</source>
        <translation>保存...</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>FPS Display</source>
        <translation>FPS 显示</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Set the overlay font.</source>
        <translation>设置 overlay 字体。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Set the overlay text color.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">设置 overlay 文字的颜色。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Color</source>
        <translation>颜色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Add...</source>
        <translation>添加...</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Remove</source>
        <translation>删除</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Font</source>
        <translation>字体</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>To list exceptions, use a</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Show the overlay in all applicable programs except</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Show the overlay only in</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>OverlayEditor</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="OverlayEditor.ui"/>
        <source>State</source>
        <translation>状态</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>User is not talking</source>
        <translation>没有说话的用户</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Passive</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">安静</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>User is talking in your channel or a linked channel</source>
        <translation>在你的频道或一个连接的频道中说话的用户</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Talking</source>
        <translation>说话中</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>User is whispering to you privately</source>
        <translation>用户正私下和你悄悄话</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Private Whisper</source>
        <translation>悄悄话私聊</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>User is shouting to your channel</source>
        <translation>用户正在对你的频道大喊</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Channel Whisper</source>
        <translation>频道悄悄话</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Zoom</source>
        <translation>缩放</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Zoom Factor</source>
        <translation>缩放参数</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enabled Elements</source>
        <translation>可用元素</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>User avatar, chosen by each user</source>
        <translation>用户的头像，可以被每个用户选择</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Avatar</source>
        <translation>头像</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>User&apos;s name</source>
        <translation>用户的名称</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Username</source>
        <translation>用户名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Name of user&apos;s channel, if outside your current channel</source>
        <translation>用户的频道名称，如果不再你的当前频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Channel</source>
        <translation>频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Muted or deafened</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">关闭麦克风或扬声器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Mute state</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">麦克风状态</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Bounding box, automatically shrunk to minimum size to contain all visible elements</source>
        <translation>如果不设置背景，所有可见元素都将会最小化显示</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Bounding box</source>
        <translation>背景</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Overlay Editor</source>
        <translation>Overlay编辑器</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>OverlayEditorScene</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="OverlayEditorScene.cpp" line="+397"/>
        <source>Layout preset</source>
        <translation>显示边框</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Large square avatar</source>
        <translation>高清头像</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Avatar and Name</source>
        <translation>图像及名称</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>User Opacity</source>
        <translation>用户不透明度</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <location line="+31"/>
        <source>%1%</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-5"/>
        <source>Object Opacity</source>
        <translation>元件不透明度</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+13"/>
        <source>Alignment</source>
        <translation>对齐方式</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+11"/>
        <source>Left</source>
        <translation>左对齐</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <location line="+18"/>
        <source>Center</source>
        <translation>居中对齐</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-13"/>
        <source>Right</source>
        <translation>右对齐</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+8"/>
        <source>Top</source>
        <translation>顶端对齐</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+10"/>
        <source>Bottom</source>
        <translation>底端对齐</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>Color...</source>
        <translation>颜色...</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Font...</source>
        <translation>字体...</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>Bounding box</source>
        <translation>背景</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Pen width</source>
        <translation>线条宽度</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Padding</source>
        <translation>间距</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Pen color</source>
        <translation>线条颜色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Fill color</source>
        <translation>填充颜色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+87"/>
        <source>Pick pen color</source>
        <translation>线条颜色(选中)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>Pick fill color</source>
        <translation>填充颜色(选中)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+14"/>
        <source>Pick color</source>
        <translation>颜色(选中)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+21"/>
        <source>Pick font</source>
        <translation>字体(选中)</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>OverlayPrivateWin</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="Overlay_win.cpp" line="+55"/>
        <source>Failed to load overlay library. This means either that:
- the library (mumble_ol.dll) wasn&apos;t found in the directory you ran Mumble from
- you&apos;re on an OS earlier than WinXP SP2</source>
        <translation>读取Overlay库失败 这是由于下面的原因之一：
— 库文件 (mumble_ol.dll) 没有在你的Mumble from 目录下找到
— 你的操作系统版本低于Windwos XP SP2</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>PluginConfig</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="Plugins.ui"/>
        <location filename="Plugins.cpp" line="+78"/>
        <source>Plugins</source>
        <translation>插件</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="Plugins.cpp" line="+56"/>
        <source>Plugin has no configure function.</source>
        <translation>插件没有可用的设置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+16"/>
        <source>Plugin has no about function.</source>
        <translation>插件没有可用的关于。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="Plugins.ui"/>
        <source>Form</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Options</source>
        <translation>选项</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enable plugins and transmit positional information</source>
        <translation>启用插件并且发送位置信息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This allows plugins for supported games to fetch your in-game position and transmit it with each voice packet. This enables other users to hear your voice in-game from the direction your character is in relation to their own.</source>
        <translation>这将允许车间支持的游戏获取你在游戏里的位置并添加到语音数据中。这允许其他用户在游戏里通过你的声音来判断你的角色和他们之间的关系。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Link to Game and Transmit Position</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">连接到游戏并传送位置</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Reloads all plugins</source>
        <translation>重新加载所有插件</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This rescans and reloads plugins. Use this if you just added or changed a plugin to the plugins directory.</source>
        <translation>重新检索并加载插件。当你添加或者改变了插件目录中的插件时请执行此操作。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Reload plugins</source>
        <translation>重新加载插件(&amp;R)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Information about plugin</source>
        <translation>插件信息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This shows a small information message about the plugin.</source>
        <translation>显示关于插件的简要的信息。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;About</source>
        <translation>关于(&amp;A)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Show configuration page of plugin</source>
        <translation>显示插件的设置</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This shows the configuration page of the plugin, if any.</source>
        <translation>显示插件的设置页面，如果可用的话。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Configure</source>
        <translation>设置(&amp;C)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Name</source>
        <translation>名称</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enabled</source>
        <translation>开启</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>Plugins</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="Plugins.cpp" line="+327"/>
        <source>Skipping plugin update in debug mode.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">当处于调试模式时跳过插件升级。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+150"/>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>Downloaded new or updated plugin to %1.</source>
        <translation>下载新的或升级插件到 %1` 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Failed to install new plugin to %1.</source>
        <translation>安装插件到 %1 失败。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-257"/>
        <source>%1 lost link.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">%1 失去链接。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+74"/>
        <source>%1 linked.</source>
        <translation>%1 已链接。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>PortAudioSystem</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="PAAudio.cpp" line="+275"/>
        <source>Default Device</source>
        <translation>默认设备</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>PulseAudioSystem</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="PulseAudio.cpp" line="+756"/>
        <source>Default Input</source>
        <translation>默认输入</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Default Output</source>
        <translation>默认输出</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>RichTextEditor</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="RichTextEditor.cpp" line="+244"/>
        <source>Failed to load image</source>
        <translation>读取图片失败</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <source>Image file too large to embed in document. Please use images smaller than %1 kB.</source>
        <translation>图片文件太大，无法嵌入文档。请选择小于 %1 KB 的图片。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+81"/>
        <source>Message is too long.</source>
        <translation>信息太长。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="RichTextEditor.ui"/>
        <source>Display</source>
        <translation>显示</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Source Text</source>
        <translation>原文本</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Bold</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">加粗(&amp;B)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Ctrl+B</source>
        <translation>Ctrl+B</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Italic</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">斜体(&amp;I)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Italic</source>
        <translation>斜体</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Ctrl+I</source>
        <translation>Ctrl+I</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Underline</source>
        <translation>下划线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Ctrl+U</source>
        <translation>Ctrl+U</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Color</source>
        <translation>颜色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Insert Link</source>
        <translation>插入链接</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Ctrl+L</source>
        <translation>Ctrl+L</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Insert Image</source>
        <translation>插入图片</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>RichTextEditorLink</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="RichTextEditorLink.ui"/>
        <source>Add Link</source>
        <translation>添加链接</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>URL</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">网址</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Text</source>
        <translation>文字</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ServerHandler</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="ServerHandler.cpp" line="+447"/>
        <source>UDP packets cannot be sent to or received from the server. Switching to TCP mode.</source>
        <translation>UDP数据包无法发送至服务器或从服务器接收。切换为TCP模式。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>UDP packets cannot be sent to the server. Switching to TCP mode.</source>
        <translation>UDP数据包无法发送至服务器。切换为TCP模式。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>UDP packets cannot be received from the server. Switching to TCP mode.</source>
        <translation>无法从服务器接收UDP数据包。切换至TCP模式。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>UDP packets can be sent to and received from the server. Switching back to UDP mode.</source>
        <translation>可以从服务器接收UDP包及发送UDP数据至服务器。切换回UDP模式。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+36"/>
        <source>Connection timed out</source>
        <translation>连接超时</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ServerView</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="ConnectDialog.cpp" line="-611"/>
        <source>Favorite</source>
        <translation>收藏夹</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>LAN</source>
        <translation>本地局域网(LAN)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+8"/>
        <source>Public Internet</source>
        <translation>Internet公众网</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>Africa</source>
        <translation>非洲</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Asia</source>
        <translation>亚洲</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>North America</source>
        <translation>北美</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>South America</source>
        <translation>南美</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Europe</source>
        <translation>欧洲</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Oceania</source>
        <translation>大洋州</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ShortcutActionWidget</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="GlobalShortcut.cpp" line="-558"/>
        <source>Unassigned</source>
        <translation>未赋值</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ShortcutDelegate</name>
    <message>
        <location line="+370"/>
        <source>On</source>
        <translation>打开</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Off</source>
        <translation>关闭</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Toggle</source>
        <translation>切换</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>Unassigned</source>
        <translation>未赋值</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ShortcutKeyWidget</name>
    <message>
        <location line="-444"/>
        <source>Press Shortcut</source>
        <translation>按下快捷键</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ShortcutTargetDialog</name>
    <message>
        <location line="+206"/>
        <source>Root</source>
        <translation>根</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>Parent</source>
        <translation>父级</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>Current</source>
        <translation>当前</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>Subchannel #%1</source>
        <translation>子频道 #%1</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ShortcutTargetWidget</name>
    <message>
        <location line="+85"/>
        <source>...</source>
        <translation>...</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+38"/>
        <source>, </source>
        <translation>,</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>Root</source>
        <translation>根</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Parent</source>
        <translation>父级</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Current</source>
        <translation>当前</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Subchannel #%1</source>
        <translation>子频道 #%1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>Invalid</source>
        <translation>无效</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Empty</source>
        <oldsource>&lt;Empty&gt;</oldsource>
        <translation>空</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ShortcutToggleWidget</name>
    <message>
        <location line="-268"/>
        <source>Off</source>
        <translation>关闭</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Toggle</source>
        <translation>切换</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>On</source>
        <translation>打开</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>TextMessage</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="TextMessage.h" line="+45"/>
        <source>Enter text</source>
        <translation>输入文字</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="TextMessage.ui"/>
        <source>If checked the message is recursively sent to all subchannels</source>
        <translation>选择以将信息发送到所有子频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Send recursively to subchannels</source>
        <translation>发送至所有子频道</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>Tokens</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="Tokens.cpp" line="+72"/>
        <source>Empty Token</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">空标记</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="Tokens.ui"/>
        <source>Mumble - Access Tokens</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">Mumble — 有效标记</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>List of access tokens on current server</source>
        <translation>在当前服务器有效标记列表</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This is an editable list of access tokens on the connected server.&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simple access management on channels. Mumble will remember the tokens you&apos;ve used and resend them to the server next time you reconnect, so you don&apos;t have to enter these every time.
</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">&lt;b&gt;这是一个已连接服务器上的的有效标记的可编辑的列表。.&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一个有效的标记是一个字符串。他可以被看作是对频道进行一个简单的管理的密码。Mumble可以记住你所使用的标记并且再下次自动连接到服务器时自动发送，所以你不用每次都输入。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Add a token</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">添加一个标记</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Add</source>
        <translation>添加(&amp;A)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Remove a token</source>
        <translation>删除一个记号</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Remove</source>
        <translation>删除(&amp;R)</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>UserEdit</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="UserEdit.ui"/>
        <source>Registered Users</source>
        <translation>已注册用户</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <location filename="UserEdit.cpp" line="+99"/>
        <source>Remove</source>
        <translation>删除</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="UserEdit.cpp" line="-5"/>
        <source>Rename</source>
        <translation>重命名</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>UserInformation</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="UserInformation.ui"/>
        <source>User Information</source>
        <translation>用户信息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Connection Information</source>
        <translation>连接信息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Version</source>
        <translation>版本</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>OS</source>
        <translation>操作系统</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Certificate</source>
        <translation>证书</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>IP Address</source>
        <translation>IP 地址</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>CELT Versions</source>
        <translation>CELT 版本</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Details...</source>
        <translation>详细...</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Ping Statistics</source>
        <translation>Ping 统计</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Pings received</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">接收</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Average ping</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">平均</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>TCP (Control)</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">TCP (控制)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>UDP (Voice)</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">UDP (语音)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>UDP Network statistics</source>
        <translation>UDP Network 统计</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Good</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">良好</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Late</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">延迟</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Lost</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">丢失</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Resync</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">再同步</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>From Client</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">从客户端</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>To Client</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">到客户端</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Connection time</source>
        <translation>连接时间</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="UserInformation.cpp" line="+99"/>
        <source>%1w</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">%1 周</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>%1d</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">%1 天</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>%1h</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">%1 小时</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>%1m</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">%1 分</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>%1s</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">%1 秒</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+29"/>
        <location line="+39"/>
        <source>, </source>
        <translation type="unfinished">,</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-13"/>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>%1 (%2)</source>
        <oldsource>%1.%2.%3 (%4)</oldsource>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+15"/>
        <source>Supported</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <source>Not Supported</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-119"/>
        <source>Not Reported</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+160"/>
        <source>%1 online (%2 idle)</source>
        <translation>%1 在线（%2 空闲）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>%1 online</source>
        <translation>%1 在线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>%1 kbit/s</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="UserInformation.ui"/>
        <source>Bandwidth</source>
        <comment>GroupBox</comment>
        <translatorcomment>GroupBox</translatorcomment>
        <translation>带宽</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Bandwidth</source>
        <comment>Label</comment>
        <translatorcomment>Label</translatorcomment>
        <translation>带宽</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Ping deviation</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>UserModel</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="UserModel.cpp" line="-806"/>
        <source>This is a user connected to the server. The icon to the left of the user indicates whether or not they are talking:</source>
        <translation>这是一个连接到服务器的用户。用户左边的图标表明他们是否正在说话：</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Talking to your channel.</source>
        <translation>正在对你的频道说话。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Shouting directly to your channel.</source>
        <oldsource>Whispering directly to your channel.</oldsource>
        <translation>直接对你的频道大喊。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Whispering directly to you.</source>
        <translation>直接对你说悄悄话。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Not talking.</source>
        <translation>没有说话。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+8"/>
        <source>This is a channel on the server. The icon indicates the state of the channel:</source>
        <translation>这是服务器上的一个频道。图标显示了频道的状态：</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Your current channel.</source>
        <translation>你当前所在的频道。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>A channel that is linked with your channel. Linked channels can talk to each other.</source>
        <translation>一个链接到你的频道的频道。被链接的频道相互之间可以通话。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>A channel on the server that you are not linked to.</source>
        <translation>服务器上的一个你没有链接到的频道。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+17"/>
        <source>This shows the flags the user has on the server, if any:</source>
        <translation>显示在这个服务器上的用户的标识，如果有的话：</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>On your friend list</source>
        <translation>在你的好友列表里</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Authenticated user</source>
        <translation>认证的用户</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Muted (manually muted by self)</source>
        <translation>麦克风关闭(用户自己设置)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Muted (manually muted by admin)</source>
        <translation>麦克风关闭(被管理员设置)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Muted (not allowed to speak in current channel)</source>
        <translation>麦克风关闭(不允许在当前频道说话)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Muted (muted by you, only on your machine)</source>
        <translation>麦克风关闭(被你关闭，仅对你的机器有效)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Deafened (by self)</source>
        <translation>扬声器关闭(被自己)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Deafened (by admin)</source>
        <translation>扬声器关闭(被管理员)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>User has a new comment set (click to show)</source>
        <translation>用户设置了一个新的说明(点击查看)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>User has a comment set, which you&apos;ve already seen. (click to show)</source>
        <translation>用户设置了一个说明，你已经看过了。(点击查看)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Ignoring Text Messages</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>This shows the flags the channel has, if any:</source>
        <translation>显示频道的标记，如果有的话：</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Channel has a new comment set (click to show)</source>
        <translation>频道被设置了一个新的说明(点击查看)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Channel has a comment set, which you&apos;ve already seen. (click to show)</source>
        <translation>频道有说明，你已经看过了。(点击查看)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+18"/>
        <source>Name</source>
        <translation>名称</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Flags</source>
        <translation>标识</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+721"/>
        <source>Are you sure you want to drag this channel?</source>
        <translation>你确定要移动这个频道？</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+93"/>
        <location line="+20"/>
        <source>Cannot perform this movement automatically, please reset the numeric sorting indicators or adjust it manually.</source>
        <translation>无法自动移动到这个位置，请重新调整编号顺序。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>VersionCheck</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="VersionCheck.cpp" line="+128"/>
        <source>Upgrade Mumble</source>
        <translation>升级 Mumble</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>A new version of Mumble has been detected and automatically downloaded. It is recommended that you either upgrade to this version, or downgrade to the latest stable release. Do you want to launch the installer now?</source>
        <translation>检测并自动下载新版本的Mumble。推荐你升级到这个版本或者降级至下一个发行版。是否现在运行安装程序？</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+15"/>
        <source>Failed to launch snapshot installer.</source>
        <translation>运行安装文件副本失败。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>Corrupt download of new version detected. Automatically removed.</source>
        <translation>下载新版本失败。自动删除。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+23"/>
        <source>Downloading new snapshot from %1 to %2</source>
        <translation>从 %1 下载新的副本到 %2</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+14"/>
        <source>Failed to write new version to disk.</source>
        <oldsource>Failed to write new version to disc.</oldsource>
        <translation>将新版本写入到硬盘失败。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+10"/>
        <source>Mumble failed to retrieve version information from the central server.</source>
        <translation>从核心服务器获取 Mumble 版本信息失败。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ViewCert</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="ViewCert.cpp" line="+43"/>
        <source>Certificate Chain Details</source>
        <translation>证书链详情</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>Certificate chain</source>
        <translation>证书链</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>%1 %2</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Certificate details</source>
        <translation>证书详情</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+28"/>
        <location line="+28"/>
        <source>Common Name: %1</source>
        <translation>通用名称： %1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-27"/>
        <location line="+28"/>
        <source>Organization: %1</source>
        <translation>组织：%1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-27"/>
        <source>Subunit: %1</source>
        <translation>子单元：%1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <location line="+28"/>
        <source>Country: %1</source>
        <translation>国家：%1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-27"/>
        <location line="+28"/>
        <source>Locality: %1</source>
        <translation>所在地：%1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-27"/>
        <location line="+28"/>
        <source>State: %1</source>
        <translation>状态：%1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-27"/>
        <source>Valid from: %1</source>
        <translation>有效期始于：%1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Valid to: %1</source>
        <translation>有效期止于：%1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Serial: %1</source>
        <translation>序列号：%1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Public Key: %1 bits %2</source>
        <translation>公钥：%1 bits %2</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <source>RSA</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <source>DSA</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Digest (SHA-1): %1</source>
        <translation>摘要(SHA-1)：%1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Email: %1</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>DNS: %1</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+9"/>
        <source>Issued by:</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">证书颁发者：</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Unit Name: %1</source>
        <translation>单元名：%1</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>VoiceRecorder</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="VoiceRecorder.cpp" line="+186"/>
        <source>Invalid sample rate given to recorder</source>
        <translation>无效的录音采样频率</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+98"/>
        <source>Recorder failed to create directory &apos;%1&apos;</source>
        <translation>录音机创建目录‘%1’失败</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+14"/>
        <source>Recorder failed to open file &apos;%s&apos;</source>
        <translation>录音机打开文件‘%s’失败</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+109"/>
        <source>.wav - Uncompressed</source>
        <translation>.wav —— 未压缩</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>.ogg (Vorbis) - Compressed</source>
        <translation>.ogg (Vorbis) —— 压缩</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>.au - Uncompressed</source>
        <translation>.au —— 未压缩</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>.flac - Lossless compressed</source>
        <translation>.flac —— 无损压缩</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>VoiceRecorderDialog</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="VoiceRecorderDialog.ui"/>
        <location filename="VoiceRecorderDialog.cpp" line="+101"/>
        <location line="+33"/>
        <location line="+8"/>
        <location line="+10"/>
        <location line="+9"/>
        <location line="+136"/>
        <source>Recorder</source>
        <translation>录音机</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Control</source>
        <translation>控制</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>00:00:00</source>
        <translation>00:00:00</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Start</source>
        <translation>开始(&amp;S)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>S&amp;top</source>
        <translation>停止(&amp;t)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Mode</source>
        <translation>模式</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Multichannel</source>
        <translation type="unfinished">多音轨</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Output</source>
        <translation>输出</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Output format</source>
        <translation>输出格式</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Target directory</source>
        <translation>目标目录</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Filename</source>
        <translation>文件名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Browse...</source>
        <translation>浏览(&amp;B)...</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="VoiceRecorderDialog.cpp" line="-195"/>
        <source>Closing the recorder will stop your current recording. Do you really want to close the recorder?</source>
        <translation>关闭录音机将停止正在进行的录音。你确定要关闭录音机？</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-31"/>
        <source>Valid variables are:</source>
        <translation>无效的变量：</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Inserts the user&apos;s name</source>
        <translation>插入用户名称</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Inserts the current date</source>
        <translation>插入当前日期</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Inserts the current time</source>
        <translation>插入当前时间</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Inserts the hostname</source>
        <translation>插入主机名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+60"/>
        <source>Unable to start recording. Not connected to a server.</source>
        <translation>无法开始录音。没有连接到一个服务器。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+8"/>
        <source>The server you are currently connected to is version 1.2.2 or older. For privacy reasons, recording on servers of versions older than 1.2.3 is not possible.
Please contact your server administrator for further information.</source>
        <translation>当前连接的服务器版本为1.2.2或更低版本。由于这个原因，在低于1.2.3版本的服务器上无法录音。
请联系你的服务器管理员以获得更多信息。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+10"/>
        <source>There is already a recorder active for this server.</source>
        <translation>在这个服务器上已经有一个录音机被激活。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+9"/>
        <source>Please select a recording format.</source>
        <translation>请选择录音格式。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+95"/>
        <source>Select target directory</source>
        <translation>选择目标文件夹。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="VoiceRecorderDialog.ui"/>
        <source>Downmix</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>WASAPISystem</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="WASAPI.cpp" line="+184"/>
        <source>Default Device</source>
        <translation>默认设备</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>qwPTTButtonWidget</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="PTTButtonWidget.ui"/>
        <source>Mumble PTT</source>
        <translation>Mubmlbe PFT</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Push to talk</source>
        <translation>按键发言</translation>
    </message>
</context>
</TS>
